1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry: GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_TLS_GD
105 or GOT_TLS_LDM. An LDM GOT entry will be a local symbol entry with
107 unsigned char tls_type;
109 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
110 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
111 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
115 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
116 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
118 struct mips_got_page_range
120 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
121 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
122 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
125 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
126 relocations against a given symbol. */
127 struct mips_got_page_entry
129 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
131 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
133 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
134 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
135 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
139 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
143 /* The number of global .got entries. */
144 unsigned int global_gotno;
145 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
146 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
147 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
148 unsigned int tls_gotno;
149 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
150 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
151 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
152 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
153 unsigned int local_gotno;
154 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
155 unsigned int page_gotno;
156 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
158 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
159 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
160 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
161 struct htab *got_entries;
162 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
163 struct htab *got_page_entries;
164 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
165 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
166 struct mips_got_info *next;
167 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
168 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
169 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
170 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
171 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
174 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
176 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
178 /* The output bfd. */
180 /* The link information. */
181 struct bfd_link_info *info;
182 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
183 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
185 struct mips_got_info *primary;
186 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
188 struct mips_got_info *current;
189 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
191 unsigned int max_count;
192 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
193 unsigned int max_pages;
194 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
195 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
196 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
198 unsigned int global_count;
201 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
202 when laying out the GOT. */
204 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
206 struct bfd_link_info *info;
207 struct mips_got_info *g;
211 struct _mips_elf_section_data
213 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
220 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
221 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
223 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
224 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
225 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
226 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
228 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
229 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
230 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
231 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
232 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
233 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
235 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
236 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
237 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
238 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
239 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
242 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
243 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
244 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
246 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
249 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
250 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
253 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
255 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
259 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
261 to a separate trampoline section.
263 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
264 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
265 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
266 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
267 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
268 asection *stub_section;
270 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
273 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
274 in H->root.root.u.def. */
275 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
278 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
280 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
281 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
282 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
283 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
284 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
285 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
286 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
287 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
288 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
290 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
291 the dynamic symbols. */
293 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
295 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
297 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
298 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
299 symbol with a GOT entry. */
300 long min_got_dynindx;
301 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
302 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
303 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
304 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
305 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
306 symbol without a GOT entry. */
307 long max_non_got_dynindx;
310 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
311 the global hash table. */
313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
315 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
317 /* External symbol information. */
320 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
321 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
323 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
325 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
327 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
328 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
331 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
332 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
335 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
336 being called returns a floating point value. */
337 asection *call_fp_stub;
341 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
343 #define GOT_TLS_TYPE 7
344 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
345 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
346 unsigned char tls_ie_type;
347 unsigned char tls_gd_type;
349 /* These fields are only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
350 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
351 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
352 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. */
353 bfd_vma tls_ie_got_offset;
354 bfd_vma tls_gd_got_offset;
356 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
357 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
359 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
360 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
361 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
362 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
364 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
365 is against a readonly section. */
366 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
368 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
369 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
370 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
371 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
373 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
374 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
375 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
376 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
377 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
379 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
380 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
381 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
383 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
384 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
385 la25 stub is required. */
386 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
388 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
389 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
390 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
393 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
395 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
397 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
399 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
400 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
402 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
403 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
405 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
406 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
407 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
409 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
410 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
412 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
413 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
415 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
416 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
418 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
419 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
421 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
422 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
424 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
435 /* The master GOT information. */
436 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
438 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
440 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
442 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
443 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
445 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
446 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
448 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
449 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
451 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
452 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
454 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
455 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
457 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
458 See the comment above that structure for details. */
459 asection *strampoline;
461 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
465 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
466 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
467 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
468 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
470 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
472 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
475 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
477 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
478 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
479 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
481 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
482 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
484 /* The usual link-wide information. */
485 struct bfd_link_info *info;
488 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
492 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
494 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
496 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
497 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
499 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
502 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
503 struct mips_got_info *got;
506 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
508 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
509 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
511 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
512 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
513 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
514 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
515 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
516 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
517 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
518 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
519 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
520 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
521 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
522 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
523 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
524 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
525 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
526 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
527 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
528 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
529 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
530 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
532 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
533 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
534 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
535 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
536 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
537 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
538 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
540 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
545 struct bfd_link_info *info;
546 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
547 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
551 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
553 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
556 "_procedure_string_table",
557 "_procedure_table_size",
561 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
566 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
567 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
568 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
569 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
570 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
571 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
580 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
581 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
582 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
586 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
587 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
588 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
589 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
590 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
591 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
596 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
597 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
598 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
599 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
600 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
608 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
614 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
616 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
618 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
619 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
620 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
621 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
622 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
623 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
624 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
625 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
627 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
628 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
629 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
630 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
631 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
633 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
634 has different meaning for each type:
637 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
638 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
639 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
640 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
643 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
644 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
645 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
646 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
648 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
649 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
650 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
651 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
653 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
654 loader for use by the static exception system. */
656 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
657 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
658 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
659 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
660 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
661 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
662 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
663 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
664 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
665 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
667 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
669 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
670 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
672 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
673 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
674 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
675 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
676 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
677 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
679 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
680 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
681 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
682 bfd_vma *, asection *);
683 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
684 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
686 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
687 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
689 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
690 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
691 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
692 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
693 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
695 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
696 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
697 for RM9000 for now. */
698 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
699 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
701 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
702 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
704 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
706 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
707 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
709 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
711 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
712 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
713 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
715 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
716 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
717 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
719 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
720 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
721 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
723 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
724 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
726 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
727 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
728 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
730 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
731 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
732 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
734 /* The name of the options section. */
735 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
736 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
738 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
739 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
740 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
741 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
743 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
744 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
745 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
746 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
748 /* The name of the stub section. */
749 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
751 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
752 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
753 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
755 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
756 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
757 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
759 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
760 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
761 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
763 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
764 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
765 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
767 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
768 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
769 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
771 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
772 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
773 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
775 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
776 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
777 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
779 /* Get word-sized data. */
780 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
781 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
783 /* Put out word-sized data. */
784 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
786 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
787 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
789 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
790 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
791 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
793 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
794 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
795 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
797 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
798 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
800 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
801 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
802 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
804 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
805 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
806 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
807 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
809 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
810 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
812 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
813 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
815 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
816 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
817 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
819 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
821 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
823 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
824 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
826 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
827 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
828 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
830 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
831 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
832 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
833 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
834 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
835 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
836 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
838 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
839 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
841 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
842 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
844 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
847 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
848 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
849 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
850 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
853 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
854 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
855 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
856 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
857 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
858 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
859 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
860 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
862 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
863 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
865 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
867 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
868 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
871 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
872 floating point arguments.
874 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
875 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
876 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
877 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
878 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
879 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
880 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
881 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
883 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
884 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
885 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
886 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
887 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
888 stub should be discarded.
890 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
891 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
892 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
893 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
894 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
895 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
896 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
899 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
900 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
901 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
903 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
905 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
906 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
907 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
909 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
910 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
911 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
913 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
914 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
916 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
917 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
918 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
919 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
920 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
921 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
922 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
923 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
926 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
927 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
928 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
930 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
931 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
932 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
933 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
934 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
935 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
936 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
937 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
940 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
941 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
942 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
944 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
945 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
946 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
947 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
948 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
949 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
950 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
951 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
954 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
955 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
957 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
958 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
959 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
960 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
963 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
964 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
966 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
967 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
968 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
969 0x00000000, /* nop */
970 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
974 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
975 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
977 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
978 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
979 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
980 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
981 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
982 0x00000000, /* nop */
983 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
987 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
988 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
990 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
991 0x00000000, /* nop */
992 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
993 0x00000000, /* nop */
994 0x00000000, /* nop */
998 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
999 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1001 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1002 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1005 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1008 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1010 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1011 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1014 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1017 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1019 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1022 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1024 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1025 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1026 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1029 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1031 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1032 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1034 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1037 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1038 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1040 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1041 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1044 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1046 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1047 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1049 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1053 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1055 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1056 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1058 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1061 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1063 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1064 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1065 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1067 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1068 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1070 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1073 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1075 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1077 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1078 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1079 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1083 /* Set local fields. */
1084 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1085 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1086 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1089 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1090 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1091 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1092 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1093 ret->tls_ie_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1094 ret->tls_gd_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1095 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1096 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1097 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1098 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1099 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1100 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1101 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1102 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1105 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1108 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1111 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1113 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1118 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1120 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1122 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1123 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1125 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1128 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1131 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1134 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1135 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1138 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1139 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1142 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1145 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1146 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1148 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1149 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1152 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1153 swap->external_hdr_size))
1156 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1157 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1159 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1161 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1162 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1163 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1166 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1167 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1168 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1169 goto error_return; \
1170 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1171 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1172 goto error_return; \
1175 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1176 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1177 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1178 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1179 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1180 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1182 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1183 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1184 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1185 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1186 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1194 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1196 if (debug->line != NULL)
1198 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1199 free (debug->external_dnr);
1200 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1201 free (debug->external_pdr);
1202 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1203 free (debug->external_sym);
1204 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1205 free (debug->external_opt);
1206 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1207 free (debug->external_aux);
1208 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1210 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1211 free (debug->ssext);
1212 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1213 free (debug->external_fdr);
1214 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1215 free (debug->external_rfd);
1216 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1217 free (debug->external_ext);
1221 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1224 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1226 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1227 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1228 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1229 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1230 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1231 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1233 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1234 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1236 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1239 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1242 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1243 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1244 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1246 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1247 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1249 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1251 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1252 struct sym_ext *esym;
1256 bfd_size_type count;
1257 unsigned long sindex;
1261 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1269 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1271 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1272 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1275 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1277 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1281 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1284 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1285 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1289 size = sizeof (char *);
1290 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1294 count = hdr->isymMax;
1295 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1296 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1300 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1303 count = hdr->issMax;
1304 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1307 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1310 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1311 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1313 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1314 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1315 rp->adr = sym.value;
1316 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1317 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1318 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1319 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1320 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1321 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1322 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1324 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1325 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1329 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1330 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1331 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1334 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1338 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1341 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1343 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1344 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1345 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1346 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1348 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1349 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1350 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1352 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1354 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1356 s->contents = rtproc;
1358 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1359 matters, but someday it might). */
1360 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1389 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1390 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1393 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1394 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1395 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1398 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1399 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1402 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1405 /* Create a new symbol. */
1406 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1408 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1409 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1413 /* Make it a local function. */
1414 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1415 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1417 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1421 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1422 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1426 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1427 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1430 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1431 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1436 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1437 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1438 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1439 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1440 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1442 /* Create a new symbol. */
1443 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1445 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1446 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1450 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1451 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1452 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1453 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1454 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1455 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1459 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1460 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1463 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1467 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1468 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1469 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1470 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1471 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1474 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1475 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1476 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1478 static unsigned long
1479 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1480 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1481 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1482 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1484 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1485 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1487 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1488 one in a compound relocation. */
1489 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1490 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1491 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1493 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1494 the traditional behavior. */
1495 if (relocs < relend)
1496 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1501 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1505 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1506 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1508 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1509 objects try to call them. */
1510 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1511 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1513 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1514 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1517 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1518 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1520 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1521 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1522 being included in the link. */
1523 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1524 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1525 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1526 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1529 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1530 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1532 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1533 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1534 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1535 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1536 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1537 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1538 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1541 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1542 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1544 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1545 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1546 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1547 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1548 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1549 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1550 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1554 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1557 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1559 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1561 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1562 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1563 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1567 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1569 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1571 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1572 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1573 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1574 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1575 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1576 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1579 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1580 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1584 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1585 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1588 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1590 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1594 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1595 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1596 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1597 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1603 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1604 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1605 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1606 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1607 entry points are of interest here. */
1610 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1612 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1613 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1614 && h->root.def_regular
1615 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1616 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1617 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1618 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1619 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1622 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1623 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1626 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1629 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1631 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1632 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1637 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1638 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1642 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1643 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1644 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1647 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1648 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1650 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1652 asection *s, *input_section;
1655 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1659 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1660 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1663 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1665 /* Create the section. */
1666 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1667 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1668 input_section->output_section);
1672 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1673 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1674 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1677 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1679 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1680 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1681 stub->stub_section = s;
1682 stub->offset = s->size;
1684 /* Allocate room for it. */
1689 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1690 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1691 the function symbol to it. */
1694 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1695 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1697 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1700 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1704 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1705 s = htab->strampoline;
1708 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1709 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1710 input_section->output_section);
1711 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1713 htab->strampoline = s;
1716 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1717 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1718 stub->stub_section = s;
1719 stub->offset = s->size;
1721 /* Allocate room for it. */
1726 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1727 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1730 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1733 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1734 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1735 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1740 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1741 search.stub_section = NULL;
1745 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1746 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1750 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1754 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1757 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1758 h->la25_stub = stub;
1762 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1763 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1769 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1770 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1771 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1772 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1774 h->la25_stub = stub;
1775 return (use_trampoline_p
1776 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1777 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1780 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1781 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1784 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1786 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1788 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1789 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1790 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1792 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1794 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1795 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1796 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1799 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1800 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1801 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1802 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1804 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1806 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1807 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1809 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1818 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1819 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1822 The format of these instructions is:
1824 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1825 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1826 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1828 +-----------------------------------------------+
1830 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1831 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1833 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1834 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1835 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1836 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1837 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1838 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1839 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1840 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1841 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1842 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1845 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1846 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1847 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1848 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1849 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1850 value as two 16-bit values.
1852 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1856 +--------+----------------------+
1860 +--------+----------------------+
1863 +----------+------+-------------+
1867 +----------+--------------------+
1868 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1869 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1871 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1872 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1873 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1874 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1875 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1877 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1878 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1879 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1882 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1883 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1884 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1885 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1886 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1888 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1890 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1891 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1892 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1893 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1894 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1896 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1899 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1900 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1901 little-endian system. */
1903 static inline bfd_boolean
1904 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1909 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1910 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1911 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1914 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
1915 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
1916 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
1917 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
1918 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
1919 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
1920 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
1928 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1930 static inline bfd_boolean
1931 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1933 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
1936 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1937 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1938 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1940 static inline bfd_boolean
1941 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
1943 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
1944 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1945 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
1948 static inline bfd_boolean
1949 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1951 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
1952 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
1953 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
1956 static inline bfd_boolean
1957 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1959 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
1960 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
1961 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
1964 static inline bfd_boolean
1965 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1967 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
1970 static inline bfd_boolean
1971 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1973 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
1976 static inline bfd_boolean
1977 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1979 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
1982 static inline bfd_boolean
1983 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1985 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
1988 static inline bfd_boolean
1989 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1991 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
1994 static inline bfd_boolean
1995 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1997 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2000 static inline bfd_boolean
2001 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2003 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2006 static inline bfd_boolean
2007 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2009 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2010 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2011 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
2014 static inline bfd_boolean
2015 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2017 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2018 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2019 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
2022 static inline bfd_boolean
2023 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2025 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2028 static inline bfd_boolean
2029 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2031 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2032 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2033 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2036 static inline bfd_boolean
2037 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2039 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2040 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2041 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2042 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2045 static inline bfd_boolean
2046 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2048 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2049 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2050 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2053 static inline bfd_boolean
2054 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2056 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2057 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2058 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2061 static inline bfd_boolean
2062 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2064 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2065 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2066 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2070 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2071 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2073 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2075 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2078 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2079 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2080 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2081 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2082 val = first << 16 | second;
2083 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2084 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2085 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2087 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2088 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2089 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2093 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2094 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2096 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2098 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2101 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2102 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2104 second = val & 0xffff;
2107 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2109 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2110 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2114 second = val & 0xffff;
2115 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2116 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2118 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2119 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2122 bfd_reloc_status_type
2123 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2124 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2125 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2129 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2131 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2134 relocation = symbol->value;
2136 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2137 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2139 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2140 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2142 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2143 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2145 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2147 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2148 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2149 an external symbol. */
2151 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2152 val += relocation - gp;
2154 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2156 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2158 + reloc_entry->address);
2159 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2163 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2166 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2168 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2171 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2172 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2173 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2178 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2180 asection *input_section;
2184 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2186 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2188 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2189 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2190 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2192 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2193 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2194 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2195 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2197 bfd_reloc_status_type
2198 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2199 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2200 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2201 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2203 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2205 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2206 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2208 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2210 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2212 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2214 n->input_section = input_section;
2215 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2218 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2219 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2221 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2224 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2225 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2226 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2228 bfd_reloc_status_type
2229 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2230 void *data, asection *input_section,
2231 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2233 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2234 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2235 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2236 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2237 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2238 input_section, output_bfd,
2241 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2242 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2245 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2246 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2247 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2249 bfd_reloc_status_type
2250 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2251 void *data, asection *input_section,
2252 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2255 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2257 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2258 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2260 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2262 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2263 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2266 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2268 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2269 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2271 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2273 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2274 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2275 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2276 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2277 has a rightshift of 0. */
2278 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2279 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2280 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2281 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2282 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2283 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2285 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2286 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2287 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2289 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2290 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2292 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2295 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2299 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2300 input_section, output_bfd,
2304 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2305 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2306 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2308 bfd_reloc_status_type
2309 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2310 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2311 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2312 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2315 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2316 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2318 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2320 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2321 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2323 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2325 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2327 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2328 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2329 offset or address. */
2330 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2331 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2336 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2337 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2338 val += symbol->value;
2339 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2341 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2342 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2343 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2347 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2348 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2349 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2350 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2351 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2352 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2355 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2357 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2358 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2360 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2361 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2363 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2365 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2368 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2373 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2375 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2378 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2379 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2382 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2385 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2386 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2390 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2391 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2393 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2394 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2398 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2399 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2401 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2402 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2403 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2404 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2405 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2406 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2410 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2411 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2415 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2416 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2417 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2418 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2419 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2420 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2421 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2424 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2425 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2426 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2429 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2432 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2433 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2434 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2435 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2436 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2437 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2441 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2442 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2444 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2445 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2446 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2447 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2448 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2449 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2452 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2453 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2454 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2455 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2456 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2459 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2460 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2462 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2463 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2464 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2465 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2466 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2467 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2468 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2472 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2473 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2475 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2476 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2477 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2478 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2479 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2480 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2481 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2484 /* Swap in an options header. */
2487 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2488 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2490 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2491 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2492 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2493 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2496 /* Swap out an options header. */
2499 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2500 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2502 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2503 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2504 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2505 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2508 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2509 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2512 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2514 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2515 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2518 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2519 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2521 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2525 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2527 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2532 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2535 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2536 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2539 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2540 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2542 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2543 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2544 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2545 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2547 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2549 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2552 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2554 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2563 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2564 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2565 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2566 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2567 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2568 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2569 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2570 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2571 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2572 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2573 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2574 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2575 when generating a final executable. */
2578 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2580 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2582 asection *sec, *output_section;
2584 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2586 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2587 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2588 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2589 && !h->root.def_regular
2590 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2592 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2593 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2594 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2595 h->root.root.root.string,
2596 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2604 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2607 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2608 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2609 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2610 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2611 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2612 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2614 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2615 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2619 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2621 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2622 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2623 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2625 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2626 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2627 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2629 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2631 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2632 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2633 h->esym.asym.value =
2634 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2636 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2638 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2639 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2640 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2643 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2645 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2646 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2647 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2652 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2653 output_section = sec->output_section;
2655 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2656 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2657 if (output_section == NULL)
2658 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2661 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2663 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2664 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2665 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2666 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2667 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2668 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2669 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2670 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2671 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2672 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2673 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2674 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2675 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2676 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2677 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2678 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2679 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2681 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2685 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2686 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2689 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2690 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2691 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2692 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2694 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2695 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2696 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2697 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2699 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2700 output_section = sec->output_section;
2701 if (output_section != NULL)
2702 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2703 + sec->output_offset
2704 + output_section->vma);
2706 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2710 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2712 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2713 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2715 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2717 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2718 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2719 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2721 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2724 output_section = sec->output_section;
2725 if (output_section != NULL)
2726 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2727 + sec->output_offset
2728 + output_section->vma);
2730 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2735 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2736 h->root.root.root.string,
2739 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2746 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2749 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2751 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2752 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2754 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2757 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2759 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2762 static INLINE hashval_t
2763 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2766 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2772 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2773 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2777 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2779 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2780 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2782 return (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
2783 && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2784 && (e1->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == (e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
2785 && (!e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2786 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2787 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
2790 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2791 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2792 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2796 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2798 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2800 return (entry->symndx
2801 + (((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM) << 18)
2802 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM ? 0
2803 : !entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2804 : entry->symndx >= 0 ? (entry->abfd->id
2805 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend))
2806 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2810 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2812 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2813 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2815 return (e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2816 && (e1->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == (e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
2817 && ((e1->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM ? TRUE
2818 : !e1->abfd ? !e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2819 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? (e1->abfd == e2->abfd
2820 && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend)
2821 : e2->abfd && e1->d.h == e2->d.h));
2825 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2827 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2829 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2830 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2834 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2836 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2838 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2839 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2840 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2843 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. MASTER_GOT_P
2844 is true if this is the master GOT rather than a multigot. */
2846 static struct mips_got_info *
2847 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean master_got_p)
2849 struct mips_got_info *g;
2851 g = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
2855 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
2857 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2858 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2860 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
2861 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
2862 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
2865 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
2866 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
2867 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
2873 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
2874 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
2876 static struct mips_got_info *
2877 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean create_p)
2879 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
2881 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd))
2884 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
2885 if (!tdata->got && create_p)
2886 tdata->got = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd, FALSE);
2890 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
2893 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g)
2895 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *tdata;
2897 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd));
2898 tdata = mips_elf_tdata (abfd);
2901 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
2902 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
2903 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_entries);
2904 htab_delete (tdata->got->got_page_entries);
2909 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2910 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2911 if creation fails. */
2914 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2920 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2921 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2922 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
2923 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2925 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2930 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2933 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2934 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2940 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
2943 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type)
2945 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
2948 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
2951 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
2957 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
2960 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type)
2977 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2978 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2982 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2983 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2986 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2987 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2989 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2990 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2993 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2995 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2996 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3002 switch (tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
3005 return indx != 0 ? 2 : 1;
3011 return info->shared ? 1 : 0;
3018 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3022 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3023 struct mips_got_info *g,
3024 struct mips_got_entry *entry)
3026 unsigned char tls_type;
3028 tls_type = entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE;
3031 g->tls_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (tls_type);
3032 g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (info, tls_type,
3034 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
3036 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
3037 g->local_gotno += 1;
3039 g->global_gotno += 1;
3042 /* A htab_traverse callback. Count the number of GOT entries and
3043 TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in *ENTRYP. DATA points
3044 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. */
3047 mips_elf_count_got_entries (void **entryp, void *data)
3049 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3050 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
3052 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3053 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
3054 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
3059 /* A htab_traverse callback. If *SLOT describes a GOT entry for a local
3060 symbol, count the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations that it
3061 requires. DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. */
3064 mips_elf_count_local_got_entries (void **entryp, void *data)
3066 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3067 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
3069 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3070 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
3071 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
3073 if ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE) == GOT_TLS_LDM)
3075 if (arg->g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_TWO)
3077 arg->g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3079 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
3085 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries and relocationss required for the
3086 global (or forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
3089 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *entry, void *data)
3091 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm;
3092 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
3094 hm = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
3095 if (hm->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3096 || hm->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3099 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
3100 if (hm->tls_gd_type)
3102 arg->g->tls_gotno += 2;
3103 arg->g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_gd_type,
3106 if (hm->tls_ie_type)
3108 arg->g->tls_gotno += 1;
3109 arg->g->relocs += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_ie_type,
3116 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3119 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3121 unsigned long reloc_index,
3126 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3128 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3130 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3131 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3133 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3135 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3136 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3138 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3141 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3142 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3144 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3147 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3150 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
3151 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
3152 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3153 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3156 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3158 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3159 bfd_vma got_offset2;
3160 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3162 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3171 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3173 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3174 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3175 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3178 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
3181 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3183 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3184 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3187 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3188 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3189 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3190 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3191 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3193 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3194 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3196 switch (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_TYPE)
3199 /* General Dynamic. */
3200 got_offset2 = got_offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3204 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3205 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3206 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3207 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3210 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3211 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3212 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3213 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset2);
3215 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3216 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3220 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3221 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3222 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3223 sgot->contents + got_offset2);
3228 /* Initial Exec model. */
3232 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3233 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3235 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3236 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3238 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3239 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3240 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3241 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3244 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3245 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3249 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3250 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3251 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3252 sgot->contents + got_offset
3253 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3256 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3257 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3259 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3260 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3261 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3262 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3269 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
3272 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation against H using the
3273 TLS model in *TLS_TYPE. The GOT entries for this symbol/model
3274 combination start at GOT_INDEX into ABFD's GOT. This function
3275 initializes the GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3278 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
3279 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3280 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3282 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
3286 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against H
3290 mips_tls_single_got_index (bfd *abfd, int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3291 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3293 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3294 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_ie_got_offset, &h->tls_ie_type,
3296 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3297 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_gd_got_offset, &h->tls_gd_type,
3302 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3303 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3304 will be negative. */
3307 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3308 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3310 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3311 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3313 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3314 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3316 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3318 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3319 section starts with reserved entries. */
3320 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3322 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3323 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3325 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3326 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3327 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3330 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3331 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3332 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3333 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3335 return got_address - got_value;
3338 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3339 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3340 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3341 offset can be found. */
3344 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3345 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3346 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3348 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3349 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3351 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3352 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3354 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3355 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3359 if (entry->tls_type)
3361 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3362 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3363 hash table entry to track the index. */
3364 return mips_tls_single_got_index (abfd, r_type, info, h, value);
3366 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3370 return entry->gotidx;
3373 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3376 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3377 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3379 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3381 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3382 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3384 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3385 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3387 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3388 if (g->next && ibfd)
3390 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3392 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3394 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3396 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3400 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3401 e.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3403 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3405 BFD_ASSERT (p && p->gotidx > 0);
3409 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3410 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3411 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3412 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3413 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3414 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3415 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3417 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type,
3418 info, e.d.h, value);
3425 if (htab->global_gotsym != NULL)
3426 global_got_dynindx = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3428 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3430 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3431 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3432 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3434 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3435 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3436 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3437 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3438 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3439 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3441 got_index = mips_tls_single_got_index (abfd, r_type, info, hm, value);
3445 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3446 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3447 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3449 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3450 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3451 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3453 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3458 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3459 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3460 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3461 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3462 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3465 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3466 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3468 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3469 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3471 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3472 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3473 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3478 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3481 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3486 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3487 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3488 symbol that binds locally. */
3491 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3492 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3494 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3496 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3497 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3498 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3499 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3501 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3503 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3504 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3505 same in all cases. */
3506 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3507 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3509 return entry->gotidx;
3514 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3518 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3519 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3521 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3525 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3526 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3529 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3530 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3532 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3535 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3536 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3537 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3540 static struct mips_got_entry *
3541 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3542 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3543 unsigned long r_symndx,
3544 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3547 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3548 struct mips_got_info *g;
3549 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3551 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3552 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3556 entry.d.address = value;
3557 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3559 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
3562 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, FALSE);
3563 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3566 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3568 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3571 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3574 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3581 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3587 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3588 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3594 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3599 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3601 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3606 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3608 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3610 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3611 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3612 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3613 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3614 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3618 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3619 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3621 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3622 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3624 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3627 bfd_vma got_address;
3629 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3630 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3631 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3634 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3635 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3636 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3637 outrel.r_addend = value;
3638 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3644 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3645 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3646 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3647 the current linking stage. */
3649 static bfd_size_type
3650 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3652 bfd_size_type count;
3655 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3658 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3660 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3661 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3662 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3663 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3664 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3670 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3671 appear towards the end. */
3674 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3676 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3677 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3678 struct mips_got_info *g;
3680 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3683 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3684 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3691 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3692 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3693 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3694 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3695 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3696 elf_hash_table (info)),
3697 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3700 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3701 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3702 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3703 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3704 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3705 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3706 == g->global_gotno);
3708 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3709 table index in the GOT. */
3710 htab->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3715 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3716 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3720 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3722 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3724 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3726 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3729 switch (h->global_got_area)
3732 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3736 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3737 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3740 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3741 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3742 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3743 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3750 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3751 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3752 hash table directly). */
3755 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3756 struct mips_got_entry *lookup)
3758 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3759 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3760 struct mips_got_info *g;
3761 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3763 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3764 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3766 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3770 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3771 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *loc;
3774 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3778 lookup->gotidx = -1;
3783 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3784 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3788 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, lookup, INSERT);
3797 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3798 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3799 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3802 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3803 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3804 bfd_boolean for_call, int r_type)
3806 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3807 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3808 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3809 unsigned char tls_type;
3811 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3812 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3814 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3816 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3818 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3820 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3822 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3826 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3829 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3833 tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3834 if (tls_type == GOT_NORMAL && hmips->global_got_area > GGA_NORMAL)
3835 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3836 else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE && hmips->tls_ie_type == 0)
3837 hmips->tls_ie_type = tls_type;
3838 else if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD && hmips->tls_gd_type == 0)
3839 hmips->tls_gd_type = tls_type;
3843 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3844 entry.tls_type = tls_type;
3845 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3848 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3849 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3852 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3853 struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type)
3855 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3856 struct mips_got_info *g;
3857 struct mips_got_entry entry;
3859 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3860 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3863 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3866 entry.symndx = symndx;
3867 entry.d.addend = addend;
3868 entry.tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type);
3869 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info, abfd, &entry);
3872 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3875 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3877 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3880 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3881 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3883 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3884 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3885 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3888 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3889 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3891 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3892 struct mips_got_info *g1, *g2;
3893 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3894 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3895 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3896 void **loc, **bfd_loc;
3898 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3899 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3901 g1 = htab->got_info;
3902 BFD_ASSERT (g1 != NULL);
3904 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3906 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3907 loc = htab_find_slot (g1->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3911 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3913 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3916 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3921 entry->symndx = symndx;
3922 entry->ranges = NULL;
3923 entry->num_pages = 0;
3927 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
3928 g2 = mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd, TRUE);
3932 bfd_loc = htab_find_slot (g2->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3939 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3941 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3942 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3943 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3945 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3946 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3947 a new singleton range. */
3949 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3951 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3955 range->next = *range_ptr;
3956 range->min_addend = addend;
3957 range->max_addend = addend;
3966 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3967 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3969 /* Update the ranges. */
3970 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3971 range->min_addend = addend;
3972 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3974 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3976 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3977 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3978 range->next = range->next->next;
3981 range->max_addend = addend;
3984 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3985 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3986 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3988 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3989 g1->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3990 g2->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3996 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3999 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4003 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4005 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4006 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4008 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
4009 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
4011 if (htab->is_vxworks)
4012 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
4017 /* Make room for a null element. */
4018 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4021 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
4025 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
4026 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
4029 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4031 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4032 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
4034 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4035 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
4036 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
4038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4041 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4042 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4044 *must_recreate = TRUE;
4051 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
4052 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
4053 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
4057 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
4060 struct mips_got_entry new_entry, *entry;
4063 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
4064 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4065 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4066 && entry->symndx == -1
4067 && (entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4068 || entry->d.h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
4070 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4077 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
4078 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
4080 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4081 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning);
4084 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
4092 if (entry == &new_entry)
4094 entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4107 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4108 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4111 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
4113 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
4116 must_recreate = FALSE;
4117 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
4120 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
4121 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4122 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4123 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
4124 if (new_got == NULL)
4127 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
4128 g->got_entries = new_got;
4133 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4134 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4135 in the master GOT. */
4138 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4140 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4141 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4142 struct mips_got_info *g;
4144 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4145 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4147 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4149 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4150 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4151 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4152 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4153 live in the local GOT.
4155 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4156 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4157 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4158 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
4159 || (h->got_only_for_calls
4160 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4161 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
4163 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4164 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4165 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4166 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4168 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4170 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4171 && h->got_only_for_calls
4172 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
4173 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4174 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4175 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4176 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4180 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4181 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4187 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4188 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4191 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4193 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4194 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4197 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4198 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4199 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4208 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg->info, arg->g, entry);
4213 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4214 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4217 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp, void *data)
4219 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
4220 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4223 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4224 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4225 slot = htab_find_slot (arg->g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4234 arg->g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4239 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4240 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4241 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4242 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4246 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *from,
4247 struct mips_got_info *to,
4248 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4250 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4251 unsigned int estimate;
4253 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4254 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4255 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4256 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4258 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4260 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4261 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4263 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4264 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4265 conservatively as well. */
4266 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4267 estimate += arg->global_count;
4269 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4271 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4272 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4275 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4276 tga.info = arg->info;
4278 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_add_got_entry, &tga);
4282 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry, &tga);
4286 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, to);
4290 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4291 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4292 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4293 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4294 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4295 and then make make the new got current. */
4298 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g,
4299 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4301 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4302 unsigned int estimate;
4305 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
4308 tga.info = arg->info;
4310 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_got_entries, &tga);
4312 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4313 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4314 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4315 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4316 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4318 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4319 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4320 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4321 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4322 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4324 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4326 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4327 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4334 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4335 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->primary, arg);
4340 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4343 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd, g, arg->current, arg);
4348 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4349 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4350 overflows anyway. */
4351 g->next = arg->current;
4357 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4358 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4359 an index in a different GOT. */
4362 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp, long gotidx)
4364 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4366 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4367 if (entry->gotidx > 0)
4369 struct mips_got_entry *new_entry;
4371 new_entry = bfd_alloc (entry->abfd, sizeof (*entry));
4375 *new_entry = *entry;
4376 *entryp = new_entry;
4379 entry->gotidx = gotidx;
4383 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4384 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4385 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4388 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *data)
4390 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4391 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4392 struct mips_got_info *g;
4394 unsigned char tls_type;
4396 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4397 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4398 tls_type = (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_TYPE);
4402 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4404 next_index = arg->value * g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4406 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4408 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4409 hash table entry to track its index. */
4410 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
4412 if (entry->d.h->tls_ie_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4414 entry->d.h->tls_ie_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4415 entry->d.h->tls_ie_got_offset = next_index;
4419 BFD_ASSERT (tls_type == GOT_TLS_GD);
4420 if (entry->d.h->tls_gd_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4422 entry->d.h->tls_gd_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4423 entry->d.h->tls_gd_got_offset = next_index;
4428 if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM)
4430 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4431 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4432 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4433 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4435 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4438 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4440 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, next_index))
4447 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4448 g->tls_assigned_gotno += mips_tls_got_entries (tls_type);
4452 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4453 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4454 symbol to DATA->value. */
4457 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp, void *data)
4459 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4460 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4462 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4463 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4464 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4465 && entry->symndx == -1
4466 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4467 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4471 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4472 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4473 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4474 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4477 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp, void *data)
4479 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4480 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *arg;
4482 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4483 arg = (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg *) data;
4484 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4485 && entry->symndx == -1
4486 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4488 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp, arg->value * arg->g->assigned_gotno))
4493 arg->g->assigned_gotno += 1;
4495 if (arg->info->shared
4496 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4497 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4498 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4499 arg->g->relocs += 1;
4505 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4506 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4507 lazy-binding stubs. */
4510 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4512 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4513 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4514 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4516 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4517 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4518 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4519 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4521 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4522 && entry->symndx == -1
4523 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4525 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4526 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4532 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4535 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4540 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4544 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4548 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4549 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4552 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4553 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4556 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4557 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4559 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4560 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4561 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
4562 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4563 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4566 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4567 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4568 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4572 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4573 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4574 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4575 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4576 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4577 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4578 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4579 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4580 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4581 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4583 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4585 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4586 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4587 to be the primary GOT. */
4588 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
4590 gg = mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE);
4591 if (gg && !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd, gg, &got_per_bfd_arg))
4595 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4596 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4597 g->next = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd, FALSE);
4599 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4600 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4602 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4606 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4607 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4608 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4609 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4611 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd, g);
4613 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4614 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4615 those that are actually referenced. */
4616 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4617 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4620 tga.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4621 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4622 tga.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4623 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_area, &tga);
4625 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4626 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4627 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4628 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4629 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4630 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4631 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4632 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4633 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4634 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4635 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4636 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4637 points back to the master GOT. */
4638 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4639 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4646 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4648 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4649 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4650 g->local_gotno += assign;
4651 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4652 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4654 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4655 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4656 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4661 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4662 all non-TLS entries. */
4663 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4665 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4666 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
4669 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno == assign);
4671 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4674 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4675 lazy-binding stubs. */
4677 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4681 got->size = assign * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4684 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4686 unsigned int save_assign;
4688 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4689 relocations they need. */
4690 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4691 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4693 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4695 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx, &tga);
4698 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno);
4699 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4703 g->relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4704 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4705 + g->next->global_gotno
4706 + g->next->tls_gotno
4707 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4709 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4711 needed_relocs += g->relocs;
4714 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4721 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4722 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4724 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4725 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4726 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4727 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4729 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4731 while (relocation < relend)
4733 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4734 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4740 /* We didn't find it. */
4744 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4747 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4748 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4749 asection **local_sections)
4751 unsigned long r_symndx;
4752 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4755 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4756 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4757 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4759 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4761 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4767 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4770 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4772 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4773 /* VALUE is negative. */
4774 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4779 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4780 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4784 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4786 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4788 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4789 /* The value is too big. */
4791 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4792 /* The value is too small. */
4799 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4802 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4804 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4807 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4810 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4813 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4820 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4823 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4826 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4833 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4836 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4837 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4840 register asection *s;
4842 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4844 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4847 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4849 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4850 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4853 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4859 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4862 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4865 register asection *s;
4866 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4867 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4868 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4870 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4871 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4873 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4877 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4878 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4880 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4881 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4882 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4884 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4888 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4889 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4890 are not creating a global offset table. */
4892 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4893 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4894 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4897 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4900 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4901 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4904 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4907 htab->got_info = mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd, TRUE);
4908 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4909 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4911 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4912 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4913 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
4916 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4924 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4925 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4926 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4929 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4931 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4933 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4934 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4937 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4938 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4939 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4943 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
4944 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4946 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4947 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4948 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4949 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4950 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4951 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
4958 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
4959 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
4960 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
4961 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
4962 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
4966 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
4973 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
4974 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
4975 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
4977 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
4978 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
4979 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
4981 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
4982 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
4983 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
4984 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
4986 static bfd_reloc_status_type
4987 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
4988 asection *input_section,
4989 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4990 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4991 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
4992 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
4993 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
4995 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
4996 bfd_boolean save_addend)
4998 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5000 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5003 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5004 shared object file being produced. */
5006 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5009 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5011 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5012 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5013 during execution. */
5014 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5015 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5017 asection *sec = NULL;
5018 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5019 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5021 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5022 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5023 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5024 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5025 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5026 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5027 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5029 unsigned long r_symndx;
5031 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5032 relocation value. */
5033 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5034 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5035 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5036 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5037 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5040 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5041 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5042 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5044 /* Parse the relocation. */
5045 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5046 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5047 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5048 + input_section->output_offset
5049 + relocation->r_offset);
5051 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5052 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5054 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5055 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5056 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5057 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5059 was_local_p = local_p;
5060 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5061 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5064 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5065 must come before globals. */
5069 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5072 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5074 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5075 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5077 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5078 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5079 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5080 symbol += sym->st_value;
5081 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5082 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5084 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5086 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5089 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5090 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5093 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5094 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5095 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5098 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5100 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5101 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5105 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5107 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5108 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5109 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5110 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5111 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5112 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5113 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5115 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5116 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5118 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5119 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5120 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5121 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5123 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5124 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5125 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5126 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5130 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5131 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5132 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5133 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5136 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5137 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5138 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5140 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5141 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5142 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5144 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5145 if (sec->output_section)
5146 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5147 + sec->output_section->vma
5148 + sec->output_offset);
5150 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5152 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5153 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5154 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5155 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5158 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5159 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5161 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5162 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5164 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5165 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5166 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5167 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5168 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5170 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5171 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5174 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5176 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5177 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5178 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5179 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5180 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5181 which is available from here:
5182 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5185 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5186 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5187 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5188 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5189 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5191 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5195 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5198 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5199 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5200 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5201 target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
5202 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
5205 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5206 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5208 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5210 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5211 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5213 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5214 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5215 && !info->relocatable
5217 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5218 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5220 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5221 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5222 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5224 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5225 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5229 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5234 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5237 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5238 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5239 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5240 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5249 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5250 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5251 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5253 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5254 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5255 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5256 use an indirect stub instead. */
5257 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5258 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5260 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5261 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5262 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5265 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5268 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5269 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5271 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5276 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5278 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5280 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5287 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5290 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5293 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5294 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5296 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5298 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5299 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5300 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5301 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5302 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5303 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5305 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5306 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5307 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5309 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5310 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5311 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5314 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5315 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5316 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5317 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5318 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5320 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5321 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5322 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5323 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5324 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5325 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5326 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5327 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5329 local_p = (h == NULL
5330 || (h->got_only_for_calls
5331 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
5332 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)));
5334 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5335 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5337 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5342 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5343 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5344 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5345 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5347 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5348 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5352 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5353 to need it, get it now. */
5356 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5357 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5360 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5361 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5362 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5363 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5364 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5365 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5366 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5367 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5368 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5369 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5370 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5371 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5373 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5374 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5375 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5376 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5377 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5378 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5379 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5380 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5381 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5382 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5384 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5385 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5387 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5391 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5392 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5393 if (htab->is_vxworks
5394 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5395 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5396 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5398 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5399 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5400 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5404 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5405 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5406 &h->root, r_type, info);
5407 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type)
5408 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5409 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5410 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5413 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5414 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5415 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5419 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5420 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5422 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5425 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5426 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5430 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5431 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5432 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5434 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5438 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5439 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5441 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5442 + input_section->output_offset
5443 + relocation->r_offset);
5444 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5445 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5446 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5448 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5449 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5451 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5452 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5455 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5458 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5462 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5465 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5466 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5473 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5475 && h->root.def_dynamic
5476 && !h->root.def_regular
5477 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5478 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5480 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5481 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5482 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5484 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5485 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5486 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5487 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5488 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5489 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5491 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5499 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5503 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5504 value = symbol + addend;
5508 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5512 value = symbol + addend - p;
5513 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5517 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5518 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5519 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5520 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5521 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5523 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5527 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5528 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5529 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5530 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5532 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5533 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5536 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5538 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5539 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5540 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5541 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5542 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5546 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5547 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5548 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5549 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5553 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5554 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5555 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5556 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5557 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5558 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5561 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5562 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5563 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5564 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5568 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5569 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5570 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5571 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5572 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5573 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5578 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5581 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5582 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5586 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5587 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5588 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5592 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5593 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5594 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5595 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5596 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5597 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5598 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5599 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5600 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5601 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5602 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5604 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5605 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5611 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5612 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5614 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5617 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5618 for this conditional. */
5619 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5620 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5621 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5622 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5623 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5625 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5626 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5627 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5628 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5629 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5632 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5633 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5636 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5637 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5638 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5639 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5640 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5641 not check for overflow here. */
5645 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5646 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5647 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5648 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5649 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5654 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5655 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5656 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5657 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5658 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5659 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5660 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5661 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5662 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5663 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5664 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5665 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5666 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5667 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5668 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5669 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5670 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5671 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5675 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5678 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5679 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5682 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5683 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5684 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5685 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5686 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5688 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5689 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5690 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5691 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5693 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5694 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5701 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5702 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5703 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5704 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5705 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5706 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5707 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5708 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5709 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5710 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5712 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5715 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5716 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5718 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5722 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5723 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5724 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5725 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5726 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5729 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5730 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
5731 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
5732 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5733 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5736 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5737 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
5738 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
5739 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5740 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5743 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5744 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
5745 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
5746 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5747 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5750 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5751 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
5752 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
5753 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5754 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5757 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5758 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5759 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5760 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5761 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5762 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5763 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5765 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5766 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5769 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5770 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5771 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5772 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5773 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5776 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5777 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5778 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5779 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5780 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5781 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5782 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5785 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5786 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
5788 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5791 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5795 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
5796 value = symbol - addend;
5797 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5801 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
5802 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5803 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5806 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5807 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
5808 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5809 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5812 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5813 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
5814 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5815 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
5820 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5821 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5822 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5823 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5824 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5825 value = symbol + addend;
5829 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5830 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5831 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5832 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5835 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5836 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5839 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5841 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5844 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5847 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5848 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5849 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5852 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5854 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5855 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5860 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5861 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5862 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5864 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5865 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5867 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5870 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5871 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5872 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5873 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5874 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5875 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5879 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5881 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5882 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5884 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5886 /* Obtain the current value. */
5887 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5889 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5890 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5892 /* Set the field. */
5893 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5895 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5896 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5899 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5900 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5902 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5903 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5905 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5908 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5910 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
5915 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5919 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5920 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5923 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5924 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5927 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5928 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5932 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5933 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5936 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5938 if (!info->relocatable
5939 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5940 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5941 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5942 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5943 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5944 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5945 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5946 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
5947 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5948 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
5954 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
5955 + input_section->output_offset
5956 + relocation->r_offset
5958 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
5959 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
5963 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
5965 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
5966 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
5968 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
5972 /* Put the value into the output. */
5973 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
5975 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
5981 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
5982 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
5983 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
5984 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
5987 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
5988 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5989 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5990 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5991 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
5992 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
5994 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
5999 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6002 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6003 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6005 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6006 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6007 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6008 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6009 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6010 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6013 outrel[0].r_offset =
6014 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6015 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6017 outrel[1].r_offset =
6018 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6019 outrel[2].r_offset =
6020 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6023 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6024 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6027 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6029 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6030 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6031 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6036 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6037 in the relocation. */
6038 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6040 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6041 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6042 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6043 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6045 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6046 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6047 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6048 undefined symbols. */
6053 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6055 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6057 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6062 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6065 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6066 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6072 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6073 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6074 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6075 local symbols because we used to generate them
6076 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6077 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6078 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6079 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6080 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6081 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6083 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6084 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6085 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6086 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6087 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6092 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6093 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6094 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6095 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6096 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6099 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6100 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6101 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6103 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6104 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6105 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6108 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6109 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6110 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6111 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6112 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6113 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6114 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6115 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6116 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6117 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6118 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6119 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6120 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6121 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6124 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6126 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6127 correct location in the output file. */
6128 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6129 + input_section->output_offset);
6130 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6131 + input_section->output_offset);
6132 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6133 + input_section->output_offset);
6135 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6136 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6137 relocation format is non-standard. */
6138 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6140 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6141 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6143 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6145 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6147 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6148 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6149 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6150 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6152 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6155 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6156 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6157 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6159 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6160 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6162 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6163 will be writing to it. */
6164 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6167 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6168 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6170 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6175 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6177 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6178 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6179 + input_section->output_section->vma
6180 + input_section->output_offset);
6181 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6182 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6184 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6185 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6186 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6188 cr = (scpt->contents
6189 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6190 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6191 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6192 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6193 + scpt->reloc_count));
6194 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6198 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6199 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6201 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6202 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6207 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6210 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6212 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6214 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6215 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6217 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6218 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6220 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6221 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6223 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6224 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6226 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6227 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6229 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6230 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6232 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6233 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6235 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6236 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6238 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6239 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6241 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6242 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6244 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6245 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6247 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6248 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6250 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6251 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6253 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6254 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6256 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6257 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6259 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6260 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6262 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6263 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6266 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6270 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6273 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6276 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6279 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6282 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6284 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6285 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6287 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6288 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6290 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6291 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6293 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6294 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6301 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6303 static INLINE char *
6304 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6308 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6309 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6312 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6314 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6318 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6320 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6322 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6324 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6327 return "unknown abi";
6331 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6332 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6333 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6334 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6335 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6336 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6337 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6338 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6340 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6341 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6342 definition in a shared library. */
6343 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6344 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6345 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6347 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6350 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6352 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6354 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6355 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6356 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6358 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6359 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6360 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6361 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6362 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6363 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6364 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6366 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6367 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6368 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6369 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6370 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6371 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6372 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6373 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6374 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6375 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6377 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6381 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6382 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6383 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6384 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6385 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6388 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6389 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6391 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6392 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6393 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6394 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6395 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6396 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6397 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6398 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6399 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6400 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6402 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6403 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6406 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6407 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6412 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6414 if (section != NULL)
6416 asym->section = section;
6417 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6418 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6419 base address to make it an offset. */
6420 asym->value -= section->vma;
6427 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6429 if (section != NULL)
6431 asym->section = section;
6432 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6433 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6434 base address to make it an offset. */
6435 asym->value -= section->vma;
6441 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6442 or microMIPS one. */
6443 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6444 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6447 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
6448 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6449 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6451 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6452 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6456 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6457 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6459 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6460 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6461 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6462 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6463 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6465 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6466 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6467 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6468 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6470 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6471 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6472 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6473 We therefore take the following approach:
6475 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6476 determine the pointer size.
6478 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6479 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6483 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6484 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6485 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6486 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6487 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6489 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6490 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6494 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6496 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6498 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6500 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6502 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6503 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6504 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6511 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6512 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6513 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6522 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6523 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6524 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6526 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6527 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6530 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6531 will jump there rather than to .text.
6533 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6534 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6537 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6539 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6542 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6543 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6544 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6548 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6550 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6551 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6555 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6556 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6559 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6562 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6563 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6567 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6568 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6569 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6570 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6572 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6574 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6575 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6576 so that we don't have to read them again.
6577 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6578 through the section contents to see if there is an
6579 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6581 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6583 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6584 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6586 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6588 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6590 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6592 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6593 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6594 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6597 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6604 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6605 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6608 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6609 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6612 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6619 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6620 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6623 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6624 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6631 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6633 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6635 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6636 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6637 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6638 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6639 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6640 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6641 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6642 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6643 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6644 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6646 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6647 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6649 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6651 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6652 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6654 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6657 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6659 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6661 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6663 unsigned int adjust;
6665 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6667 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6675 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6676 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6677 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6679 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6683 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6684 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6690 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6691 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6692 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6693 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6694 probably get away with this. */
6695 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6697 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6698 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6702 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6705 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6706 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6709 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6710 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6713 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6714 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6717 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6718 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6720 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6722 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6723 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6724 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6726 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6728 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6729 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6732 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6733 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6736 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6737 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6740 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6741 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6742 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6745 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6746 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6749 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6750 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6751 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6758 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6763 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6764 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6770 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6772 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6773 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6774 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6775 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6776 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6778 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6781 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6782 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6784 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6785 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6788 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6789 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6790 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6791 they should agree. */
6792 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6794 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6796 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6797 if (contents == NULL)
6799 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6806 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6807 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6809 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6811 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6813 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6815 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6816 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6817 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6820 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6822 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6824 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6826 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6827 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6829 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6831 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6833 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6835 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6837 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6838 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6840 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6850 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6851 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6852 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6855 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6857 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6859 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6861 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6862 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6863 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6865 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6866 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6867 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6869 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6870 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6871 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6873 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6874 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6875 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6877 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6878 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6879 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6880 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6881 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6883 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6885 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6887 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6888 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6889 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6890 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6892 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6893 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6895 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6898 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6900 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6901 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6902 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6903 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6905 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6906 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6908 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6909 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6912 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6913 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6914 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6915 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6916 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6917 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6918 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6919 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6921 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6922 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6924 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6926 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6927 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6928 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6930 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6932 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6933 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6934 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6936 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6937 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6939 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6941 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6942 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6943 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6944 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6945 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6947 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6949 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
6950 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6951 final_write_processing. */
6953 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6954 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6956 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
6957 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6958 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6960 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
6962 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
6963 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
6964 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
6967 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
6968 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
6969 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
6970 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
6971 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
6976 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
6977 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
6978 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
6979 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
6980 the .scommon section. */
6983 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6984 asection *sec, int *retval)
6986 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
6988 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
6991 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
6993 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
6999 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7000 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7003 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7004 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7005 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7006 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7008 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7009 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7010 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7012 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7017 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7018 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7019 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7020 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7021 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7022 is not done for them. */
7024 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7025 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7031 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7034 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7035 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7036 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7037 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7038 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7041 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7042 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7043 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7044 *valp = sym->st_size;
7048 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7049 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7051 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7052 asection *elf_text_section;
7053 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7055 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7056 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7059 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7060 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7061 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7064 /* Initialize the section. */
7066 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7067 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7069 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7070 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7072 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7073 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7074 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7075 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7076 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7077 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7078 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7080 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7081 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7082 so I took it out. */
7083 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7086 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7087 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7089 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7090 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7092 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7093 asection *elf_data_section;
7094 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7096 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7097 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7100 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7101 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7102 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7105 /* Initialize the section. */
7107 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7108 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7110 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7111 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7113 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7114 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7115 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7116 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7117 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7118 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7119 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7121 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7122 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7123 so I took it out. */
7124 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7127 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7128 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7132 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7134 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7135 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7137 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7138 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7140 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7142 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7143 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7144 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7147 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7150 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7152 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7155 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7156 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7159 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7160 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7161 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7162 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7168 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7169 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7170 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7173 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7174 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7175 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7176 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7178 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7179 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7180 common in the output file. */
7181 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7182 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7183 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7185 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7186 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7191 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7193 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7196 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7198 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7199 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7201 register asection *s;
7202 const char * const *namep;
7203 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7205 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7206 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7208 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7209 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7211 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7213 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7215 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7218 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7223 /* We need to create .got section. */
7224 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7227 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7230 /* Create .stub section. */
7231 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7232 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7235 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7236 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7240 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7242 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7244 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7245 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7247 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7248 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7252 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7253 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7254 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7255 the linker takes such action. */
7256 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7258 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7261 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7262 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7263 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7266 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7269 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7271 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7275 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7276 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7278 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7282 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7283 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7285 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7286 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7288 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7289 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7291 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7293 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7295 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7296 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7298 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7305 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7307 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7308 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7309 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7312 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7315 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7317 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7320 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7322 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7323 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7324 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7325 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7326 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7327 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7329 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7331 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7332 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7333 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7336 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7339 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7341 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7343 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7347 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7348 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7349 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7352 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7353 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7354 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7355 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7357 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7358 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7361 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7363 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7368 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7370 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7371 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7374 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7377 htab->plt_header_size
7378 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7379 htab->plt_entry_size
7380 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7384 htab->plt_header_size
7385 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7386 htab->plt_entry_size
7387 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7390 else if (!info->shared)
7392 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7393 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7394 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7400 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7401 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7402 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7405 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7406 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7407 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7409 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7410 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7412 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7413 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7414 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7415 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7417 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7418 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7419 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7422 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7423 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7424 of the section that REL is against. */
7427 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7428 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7431 unsigned int r_type;
7434 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7435 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7437 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7438 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7439 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7440 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7442 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7445 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7446 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7447 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7448 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7449 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7452 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7453 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7454 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7455 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7457 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7458 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7459 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7462 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7463 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7464 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7465 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7466 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7468 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7470 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7471 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7472 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7475 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7477 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7478 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7479 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7480 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7481 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7482 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7484 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7485 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7486 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7487 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7488 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7491 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7492 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7493 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7495 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7496 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7503 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7504 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7505 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7508 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7513 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7514 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7516 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7520 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7523 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7524 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7527 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7528 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7532 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7533 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7535 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7536 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7538 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7542 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7544 if (info->relocatable)
7547 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7548 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7550 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7551 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7552 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7553 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7555 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7556 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7558 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7560 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7561 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7563 unsigned long r_symndx;
7565 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7568 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7571 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7572 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7573 " stub section `%s'"),
7575 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7579 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7580 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7584 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7585 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7586 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7587 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7589 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7590 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7592 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7593 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7594 || o->reloc_count == 0
7595 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7599 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7601 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7604 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7605 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7606 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7607 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7610 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7619 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7620 not need it. Since this function is called before
7621 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7622 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7624 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7628 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7630 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7632 unsigned long symcount;
7636 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7637 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7639 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7640 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7641 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7644 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7647 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7648 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7650 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7651 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7652 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7653 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7657 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7659 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7660 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7662 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7663 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7664 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7666 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7668 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7669 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7670 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7671 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7672 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7673 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7675 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7679 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7681 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7684 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7686 unsigned long r_symndx;
7687 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7690 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7693 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7696 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7697 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7698 " stub section `%s'"),
7700 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7704 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7705 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7709 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7710 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7711 that refers to this symbol. */
7712 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7714 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7715 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7717 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7718 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7719 || o->reloc_count == 0
7720 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7724 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7726 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7729 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7730 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7731 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7732 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7735 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7744 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7745 not need it. Since this function is called before
7746 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7747 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7749 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7753 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7755 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7757 unsigned long symcount;
7761 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7762 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7764 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7765 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7766 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7769 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7772 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7773 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7775 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7776 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7777 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7778 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7782 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7783 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7785 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7787 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7788 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7790 loc = &h->call_stub;
7792 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7793 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7794 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7795 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7796 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7799 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7803 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7805 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7811 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7813 unsigned long r_symndx;
7814 unsigned int r_type;
7815 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7816 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7818 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7819 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7821 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7823 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7825 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7826 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7828 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7833 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7835 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7836 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7837 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7840 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7841 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7842 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7847 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7848 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7849 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7850 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7851 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7852 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7853 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7854 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7856 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7857 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7858 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7859 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7860 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
7861 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
7862 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7863 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7864 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7865 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7866 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7867 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7868 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7869 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
7870 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
7871 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7872 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
7873 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
7875 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7876 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7878 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7880 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7881 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7882 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7883 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7888 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7889 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7891 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
7897 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7898 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7899 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7901 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7902 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7903 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7904 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7905 against a read-only section. */
7908 && !htab->is_vxworks
7909 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7910 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7911 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7912 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7913 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7915 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7917 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7920 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7921 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7922 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7923 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7924 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7926 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7927 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7928 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7931 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7932 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7933 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7934 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7935 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7937 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
7942 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7945 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
7951 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
7952 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
7953 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
7954 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
7955 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
7957 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
7963 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
7964 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
7965 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
7966 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
7970 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
7974 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
7975 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
7976 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
7977 relocations against the text segment. */
7978 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
7981 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
7982 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
7983 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
7984 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
7986 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
7987 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
7988 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
7989 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
7990 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
7991 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
7992 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
7993 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
7994 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
7995 rel->r_addend, info, r_type))
8000 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8001 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8002 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8007 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8008 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8011 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8012 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8013 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8014 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8019 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8020 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8021 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8022 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8025 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8026 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8027 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8028 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE,
8032 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8033 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8034 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8040 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8041 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8042 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8043 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8047 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8049 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8050 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8051 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8052 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8057 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8059 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8060 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8061 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8062 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8063 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8064 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8066 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8067 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8068 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8070 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8072 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8074 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8075 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8077 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8078 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8081 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8084 addend = rel->r_addend;
8085 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8091 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8092 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8093 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8098 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8099 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8100 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8102 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8105 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8107 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8108 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8110 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8116 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8117 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8118 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8119 for TLS GD relocations. */
8122 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8128 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8138 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8139 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8140 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8141 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8145 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8149 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8151 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8152 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8153 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8154 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8155 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8156 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8157 relocations against the text segment. */
8158 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8162 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8164 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8165 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8166 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8167 it will be left as zero.
8169 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8170 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8172 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8173 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8175 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8176 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8177 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8178 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8179 are relocations against the text segment. */
8180 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8184 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8185 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8186 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8190 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8191 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8192 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8193 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8194 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8195 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8196 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8197 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8198 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8199 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8202 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8203 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8204 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8205 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8209 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8210 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8211 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8212 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8214 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8222 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8223 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8224 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8225 a normal .got entry. */
8226 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
8230 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8232 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8234 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8235 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8237 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8238 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8239 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8240 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8244 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8245 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8246 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8247 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8249 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8250 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8254 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8255 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8258 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8259 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8260 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8261 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8262 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8270 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8271 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8272 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8273 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8274 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8275 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8276 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8279 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8280 and has a special meaning. */
8281 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8282 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8285 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8286 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8293 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8294 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8295 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8296 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8298 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8299 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8311 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8312 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8315 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8316 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8317 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8318 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8320 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8321 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8322 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8324 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8327 if (link_info->relocatable)
8330 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8331 link_info->keep_memory);
8332 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8335 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8336 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8337 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8338 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8340 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8343 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8344 unsigned int r_type;
8345 unsigned long r_symndx;
8347 unsigned long instruction;
8349 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8350 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8351 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8352 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8353 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8356 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8357 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8358 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8360 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8361 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8362 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8364 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8365 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8366 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8368 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8370 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8371 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8372 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8373 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8374 && !h->root.forced_local))
8377 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8378 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8379 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8380 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8381 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8383 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8387 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8389 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8390 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8392 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8393 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8394 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8395 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8397 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8401 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8402 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8404 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8405 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8406 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8407 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8410 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8411 symval = isym->st_value
8412 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8413 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8416 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8418 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8419 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8421 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8422 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8427 /* Check that it's in range. */
8428 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8431 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8432 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8435 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8437 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8438 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8439 instruction = 0x04110000;
8440 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8441 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8442 instruction = 0x10000000;
8446 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8447 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8448 changed_contents = TRUE;
8451 if (contents != NULL
8452 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8454 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8458 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8459 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8465 if (contents != NULL
8466 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8471 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8474 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8476 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8478 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8479 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8481 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8482 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8484 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8485 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8487 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8488 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8489 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8492 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8493 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8494 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8497 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8498 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8499 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8500 if (! info->relocatable
8501 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8502 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8503 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8506 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8508 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8510 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8511 non-default visibility. */
8512 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8515 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8517 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8519 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8526 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8527 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8528 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8529 relocations against it.
8531 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8532 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8534 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8536 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8537 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8538 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8541 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8542 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8543 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8544 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8545 against the text segment. */
8546 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8553 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8554 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8555 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8556 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8560 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8561 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8564 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8565 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8567 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8568 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8570 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8571 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8573 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8574 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8576 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8579 && !h->def_regular)));
8581 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8583 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8584 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8585 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8586 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8587 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8589 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8590 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8591 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8593 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8596 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8597 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8598 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8599 executable and the shared library. */
8600 if (!h->def_regular)
8602 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8603 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8607 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8608 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8610 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8611 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8612 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8613 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8614 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8615 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8616 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8617 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8618 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8619 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8620 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8621 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8622 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8624 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8626 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8628 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8630 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8631 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8632 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8633 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8634 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8635 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8638 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8639 for the same reason as above. */
8640 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8641 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8644 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8646 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8648 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8650 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size;
8652 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8653 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8654 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8655 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8658 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8659 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8660 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8662 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8663 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8664 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8666 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8667 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8668 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8669 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8670 function address. */
8671 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8672 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8675 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8677 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8678 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8679 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8680 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8682 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8683 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8684 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8686 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8687 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8688 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8693 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8694 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8695 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8696 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8698 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8699 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8700 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8701 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8705 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8706 in regular objects. */
8710 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8711 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8712 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8715 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8716 some that we can't convert. */
8717 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8719 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8720 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8721 h->root.root.string);
8722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8726 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8727 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8728 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8729 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8730 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8731 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8732 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8733 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8734 same memory location for the variable. */
8736 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8738 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8739 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8741 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8745 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8746 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8747 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8749 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8752 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8753 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8754 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8757 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8758 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8761 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8762 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8764 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8765 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8767 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8768 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8770 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8773 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8775 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8776 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8783 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8786 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8790 struct mips_got_info *g;
8791 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8792 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8794 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga;
8795 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8797 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8798 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8804 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8807 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8808 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8809 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8810 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8811 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8813 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8814 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8815 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8817 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8818 the target symbol. */
8819 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8822 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8823 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8825 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8826 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8828 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
8830 asection *subsection;
8832 for (subsection = ibfd->sections;
8834 subsection = subsection->next)
8836 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8838 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8839 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8843 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8844 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8845 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8846 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8849 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8850 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8851 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8853 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8855 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8856 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8858 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8860 /* Count the number of local GOT entries and TLS relocs. */
8863 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_got_entries, &tga);
8865 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8866 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8867 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8868 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8869 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8872 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8873 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8874 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8876 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8877 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8879 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8881 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8884 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8887 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8889 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8892 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8894 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8899 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
8900 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
8901 for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
8902 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd, FALSE))
8903 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd, g);
8904 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd, g);
8906 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8907 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8910 tga.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8911 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, &tga);
8914 BFD_ASSERT (g->tls_assigned_gotno
8915 == g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno);
8917 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8919 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, g->relocs);
8925 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8928 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8931 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8933 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8934 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8936 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8939 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8940 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8941 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8943 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8944 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8945 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8947 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8948 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
8950 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
8951 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
8952 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
8953 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
8955 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
8958 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
8959 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
8960 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
8963 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
8965 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8967 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
8968 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
8970 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
8971 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
8972 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
8973 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8978 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
8979 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
8982 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
8984 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8986 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8987 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8989 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8992 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
8993 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
8994 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
8995 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
8996 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
8999 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9002 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9003 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9006 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9007 bfd_boolean reltext;
9008 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9010 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9011 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9012 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9013 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9015 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9017 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9018 if (info->executable)
9020 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9021 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9023 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9025 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9028 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9029 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9031 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9033 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9035 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9036 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9037 htab->root.hplt = h;
9044 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9045 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9047 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9049 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9052 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9054 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9055 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9058 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9062 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9063 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9064 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9066 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9069 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9073 const char *outname;
9076 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9077 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9078 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9079 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9080 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9082 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9084 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9086 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9087 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9088 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9091 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9092 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9093 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9096 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9097 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9098 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9099 will move them around between input sections'
9100 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9101 broken, so don't let it run. */
9102 info->combreloc = 0;
9105 else if (! info->shared
9106 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9107 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9109 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9110 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9111 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9113 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9114 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9115 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9116 else if (s == htab->splt)
9118 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9119 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9120 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9121 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9122 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9125 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9127 && s != htab->sgotplt
9128 && s != htab->sstubs
9129 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9131 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9137 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9141 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9144 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9145 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9146 if (s->contents == NULL)
9148 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9153 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9155 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9156 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9157 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9158 the .dynamic section. */
9160 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9161 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9162 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9163 may only look at the first one they see. */
9165 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9168 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9169 used by the debugger. */
9170 if (info->executable
9171 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9172 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9175 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9176 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9178 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9180 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9183 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9184 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9185 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9186 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9187 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9190 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9193 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9194 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9196 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9197 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9198 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9200 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9203 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9206 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9212 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9214 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9217 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9220 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9224 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9227 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9230 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9233 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9236 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9239 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9242 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9245 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9246 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9249 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9250 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9251 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9252 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9255 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9257 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9260 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9263 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9266 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9269 if (htab->is_vxworks
9270 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9277 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9278 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9279 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9280 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9283 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9284 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9285 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9287 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9288 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9291 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9293 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9294 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9295 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9296 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9298 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9299 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9302 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9303 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9305 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9306 if (!info->relocatable)
9308 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9309 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9312 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9313 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9314 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9318 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9319 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9320 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9321 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9322 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9323 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9324 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9325 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9326 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9327 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9328 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9330 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9331 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9332 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9335 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9336 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9337 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9338 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9339 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9340 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9341 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9344 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9345 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9346 unsigned int r_type;
9349 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9351 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9352 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9354 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9360 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9361 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9362 howto, i, contents);
9367 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9370 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9371 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9372 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9373 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9374 asection **local_sections)
9376 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9377 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9379 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9380 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9382 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9383 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9384 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9388 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9389 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
9390 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9392 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9393 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9395 unsigned long r_symndx;
9397 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9398 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9399 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
9401 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
9402 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9404 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9405 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9407 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
9408 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9409 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9411 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9416 unsigned long extsymoff;
9419 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9420 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9421 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9422 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9423 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9424 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9427 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9428 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9429 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9432 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
9434 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9435 input_section, &rel, &relend,
9436 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
9440 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9442 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9443 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9444 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9445 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9446 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9447 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9448 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9450 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9452 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9456 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9458 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9459 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9460 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9462 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9465 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9466 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9468 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9469 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9470 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9473 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9477 name = h->root.root.string;
9479 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9480 local_syms + r_symndx,
9482 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9483 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9484 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9489 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9492 addend = rel->r_addend;
9493 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9494 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9497 if (info->relocatable)
9499 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9500 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9503 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9505 addend += rel->r_addend;
9506 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9507 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9508 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9509 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9510 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9511 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9513 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9515 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9516 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9517 source of the addend in the final link. */
9518 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9520 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9521 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9522 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9523 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9524 but for endianness. */
9530 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9532 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9539 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9540 do two separate stores. */
9541 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9543 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9545 low_bits = sign_bits;
9551 high_bits = sign_bits;
9553 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9554 contents + rel->r_offset);
9555 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9556 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9560 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9561 input_bfd, input_section,
9566 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9570 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9571 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9572 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9574 if (rel + 1 < relend
9575 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9576 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9577 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9579 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9581 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9582 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9583 input_section, info, rel,
9584 addend, howto, local_syms,
9585 local_sections, &value,
9586 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9587 use_saved_addend_p))
9589 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9590 /* There's nothing to do. */
9593 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9594 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9595 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9596 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9597 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9600 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9601 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9602 info->callbacks->warning
9603 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9606 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9607 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9608 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9609 a given location. */
9613 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9615 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9616 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9617 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9618 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9619 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9620 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
9622 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9623 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9625 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9626 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9628 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9629 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9630 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9638 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
9639 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
9641 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9642 info->callbacks->warning
9643 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9653 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9654 until we reach the last one. */
9655 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9661 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9662 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9663 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9664 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9665 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9666 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9667 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9668 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9674 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9676 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9683 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9684 do two separate stores. */
9685 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9687 /* Undo what we did above. */
9689 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9691 low_bits = sign_bits;
9697 high_bits = sign_bits;
9699 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9700 contents + rel->r_offset);
9701 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9702 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9706 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9707 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9708 input_bfd, input_section,
9709 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9716 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9717 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9720 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9722 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9723 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9724 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9727 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9729 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9730 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9731 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9732 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9734 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9735 s = stub->stub_section;
9739 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9748 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9749 offset = stub->offset;
9751 /* Work out the target address. */
9752 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
9753 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9755 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9756 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9758 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9760 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9761 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9762 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9764 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9766 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9767 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
9769 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9770 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
9775 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9776 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9781 /* This is trampoline. */
9783 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9785 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9786 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
9787 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9788 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
9789 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9790 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
9791 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9795 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9796 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9797 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9798 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9804 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9805 adjust it appropriately now. */
9808 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9809 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9811 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9812 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9813 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9816 "__dso_displacement",
9818 "__program_header_table",
9822 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9830 const char* const *p;
9833 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9834 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9837 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9839 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9841 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9842 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9844 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9846 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9848 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9854 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9855 dynamic sections here. */
9858 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9859 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9860 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9861 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9865 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9868 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9869 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9871 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9872 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9873 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9874 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9876 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9878 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9880 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9882 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9883 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9884 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9886 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9887 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9888 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9889 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9890 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9892 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9893 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9894 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9896 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9897 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9898 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9900 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9901 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9902 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9903 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9904 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9905 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9907 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9908 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9909 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9910 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9911 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9913 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9915 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9916 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9918 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9919 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9921 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9922 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9923 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9924 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9926 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9928 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9929 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9933 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9934 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9937 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9938 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9939 plt_index, h->dynindx,
9940 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9942 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9943 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9944 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9945 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9946 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9947 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
9948 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
9952 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
9954 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
9955 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
9957 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
9959 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9961 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9962 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
9964 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
9965 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
9967 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
9970 /* Fill the stub. */
9972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9974 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
9976 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9978 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
9985 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
9986 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
9987 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
9988 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9989 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
9990 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
9992 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
9995 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
9996 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
9997 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
9999 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10000 only for the referenced symbol. */
10001 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10003 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10004 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10005 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10006 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10007 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10011 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10012 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10014 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10016 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10017 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10018 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10019 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10020 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10023 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10024 || h->forced_local);
10027 g = htab->got_info;
10028 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10030 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10031 the symbols that need them. */
10032 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10037 value = sym->st_value;
10038 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10039 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10040 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10043 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next)
10045 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10051 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10056 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10059 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10062 offset = p->gotidx;
10064 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10066 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10067 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10069 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10070 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10071 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10072 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10073 appropriate addend. */
10074 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10076 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10077 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10078 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10080 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10081 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10084 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10085 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10086 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10090 entry = sym->st_value;
10091 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10096 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10097 name = h->root.root.string;
10098 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10099 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10100 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10101 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10102 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10104 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10105 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10108 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10110 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10111 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10112 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10114 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10116 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10117 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10119 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10120 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10122 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10124 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10126 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10127 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10128 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10129 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10131 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10133 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10134 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10135 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10136 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10140 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10146 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10147 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10149 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10150 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10151 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10152 + h->root.u.def.value);
10153 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10154 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10157 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10158 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10159 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10161 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10162 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10163 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10165 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10166 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10172 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10175 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10176 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10177 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10178 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10182 struct mips_got_info *g;
10183 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10184 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10186 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10187 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10188 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10189 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10191 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10194 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10195 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10196 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10198 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10199 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10200 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
10202 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10203 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10204 + htab->splt->output_offset
10207 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10208 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
10209 / htab->plt_entry_size);
10211 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10212 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10213 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10216 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10217 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10218 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
10220 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10221 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10222 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10224 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
10226 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
10228 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10229 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10233 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
10234 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10239 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
10241 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
10242 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10243 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10245 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10246 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
10248 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10250 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10251 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10252 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10254 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
10255 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10257 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10258 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10259 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10260 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
10261 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10263 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10264 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10265 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
10266 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10267 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
10268 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10270 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10271 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10273 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10274 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10277 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10278 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10279 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10280 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
10282 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10284 if (!h->def_regular)
10285 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10288 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
10291 g = htab->got_info;
10292 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10294 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10295 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10298 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
10302 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10303 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10304 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10305 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
10307 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10308 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10309 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10310 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
10311 + sgot->output_offset
10313 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
10314 outrel.r_addend = 0;
10315 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
10318 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10321 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10323 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10325 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10326 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10327 + h->root.u.def.value);
10328 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
10330 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
10331 htab->srelbss->contents
10332 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
10333 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
10334 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
10337 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10338 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
10339 sym->st_value &= ~1;
10344 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10347 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10350 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
10351 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10352 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10354 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10355 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10357 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10358 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
10359 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
10360 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
10362 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
10364 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10365 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10366 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
10367 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10368 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
10370 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10371 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10372 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10373 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10375 /* Install the PLT header. */
10376 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10377 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
10378 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
10379 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
10380 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10381 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10382 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10383 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10384 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10387 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10388 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10391 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10393 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10395 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
10396 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10397 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10399 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10400 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10402 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
10404 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10405 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10406 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10407 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
10409 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10410 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
10412 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10413 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
10415 /* Install the PLT header. */
10416 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10417 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
10418 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
10419 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
10420 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10421 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10422 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10424 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10425 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10426 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10427 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10429 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10430 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10432 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10433 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10434 rela.r_offset += 4;
10435 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10436 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10437 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10439 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10440 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10441 in which symbols were output. */
10442 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10444 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10446 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10447 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10448 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10449 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10451 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10452 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10453 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10454 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10456 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10457 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10458 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10459 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10463 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10466 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10469 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10471 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10472 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10474 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10475 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10476 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10477 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10480 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10483 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10484 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10489 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10490 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10492 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10493 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10495 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10497 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10500 gg = htab->got_info;
10502 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10505 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10507 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10508 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10510 g = mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd, FALSE);
10511 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10513 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10514 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10515 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10517 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10521 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10523 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10524 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10526 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10532 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10536 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10537 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10541 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10543 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10548 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10551 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10553 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10556 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10557 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10560 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10561 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10564 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10568 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10572 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10574 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10577 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10579 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10582 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10583 s = output_bfd->sections;
10584 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10585 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10588 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10589 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10592 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10593 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10594 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10595 referenced within the same object. */
10596 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10599 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10600 if (htab->global_gotsym)
10602 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10605 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10606 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10607 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10609 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10611 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10612 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10613 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10615 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10618 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10619 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10622 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10624 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10625 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
10628 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10629 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10632 s = h->root.u.def.section;
10633 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
10634 + h->root.u.def.value);
10638 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10639 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10640 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10641 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10645 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10646 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10648 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10652 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10653 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10654 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10656 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10660 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10661 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10665 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10666 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10667 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10671 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10672 the dynamic tag. */
10673 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10675 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10676 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10681 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10682 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10683 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10684 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10686 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10690 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10691 if (htab->is_vxworks
10692 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10697 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10698 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10699 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10703 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10708 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10709 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10710 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10713 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10714 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10716 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10718 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10719 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10720 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10721 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10722 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10723 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10724 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10726 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10727 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10728 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10730 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10734 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10735 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10736 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10737 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10738 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10739 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10742 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10743 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10746 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10747 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10749 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10750 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10752 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10753 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10755 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10757 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10758 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10760 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10761 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10762 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10764 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10766 if (! info->shared)
10769 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10771 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10772 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10773 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10774 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10775 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10776 0, &addend, sgot)))
10778 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10783 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10784 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10787 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10790 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10792 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10794 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10795 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10796 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10798 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10801 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10802 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10804 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10810 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10811 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10812 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10813 are trailing null entries. */
10814 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10815 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10816 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10817 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10818 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10819 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10820 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10821 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10826 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10831 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10838 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10840 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10842 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10843 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10847 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10849 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10850 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10853 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10854 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10857 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10858 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10860 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10862 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10863 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10864 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10865 htab->function_stub_size);
10870 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10871 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10872 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10873 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10874 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10876 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10878 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10880 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10882 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10883 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10884 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10885 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10887 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10888 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10889 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10894 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10896 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10899 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10901 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10905 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10906 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10913 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10916 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10920 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10923 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10924 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10927 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10928 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10931 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10932 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10935 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10936 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10937 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10938 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10939 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10942 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
10943 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
10946 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
10947 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
10950 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
10951 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
10954 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
10955 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
10958 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
10959 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
10962 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
10963 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
10966 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
10967 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
10970 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
10971 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
10974 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
10975 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
10978 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
10979 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
10980 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
10981 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
10982 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
10983 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
10984 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
10985 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
10988 case bfd_mach_mips5:
10989 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
10992 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
10993 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
10996 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
10997 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11000 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11001 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11004 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11005 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11008 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11009 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11010 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11013 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11014 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11017 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11018 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11021 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11022 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11025 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11026 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11029 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11030 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11033 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11034 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11037 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11038 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11043 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11044 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11045 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11048 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11049 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11052 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11056 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11057 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11058 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11059 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11060 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11062 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11063 info for each special section. */
11064 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11065 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11068 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11070 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11071 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11072 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11074 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11077 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11078 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11079 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11080 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11081 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
11082 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11083 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11084 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11087 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11088 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11089 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11090 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11091 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11092 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11093 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11094 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11095 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11098 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11099 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11101 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11102 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11104 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11107 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11108 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11109 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11110 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11111 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11112 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11113 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11116 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11117 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11119 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11121 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11122 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11129 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11133 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11134 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11139 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11140 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11141 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
11144 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11145 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
11146 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11147 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
11150 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11151 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
11152 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
11153 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
11156 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11157 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11158 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11159 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11165 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11168 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
11169 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11172 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
11175 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11177 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11178 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11180 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11181 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
11186 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11190 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
11192 m->sections[0] = s;
11194 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11195 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11197 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11198 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11206 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11207 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11208 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11210 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
11211 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11212 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11213 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11215 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
11217 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
11218 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11223 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
11225 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11227 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11228 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11231 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11233 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
11234 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11235 options_segment->next = *pm;
11236 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
11237 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
11238 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
11239 options_segment->count = 1;
11240 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
11241 *pm = options_segment;
11247 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
11249 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11250 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11251 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
11252 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
11253 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
11255 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11256 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
11261 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11265 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
11267 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11272 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11277 m->sections[0] = s;
11280 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11281 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11282 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
11292 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11293 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11295 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
11297 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
11300 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
11302 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11303 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11304 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11305 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11306 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
11308 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
11309 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11312 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11313 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11314 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11315 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11316 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11317 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11318 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11319 PT_LOAD segment. */
11320 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11323 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
11325 static const char *sec_names[] =
11327 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11331 struct elf_segment_map *n;
11333 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
11335 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
11337 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
11338 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11345 if (high < s->vma + sz)
11346 high = s->vma + sz;
11351 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11352 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11354 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11357 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
11358 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11365 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11367 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11369 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11371 n->sections[i] = s;
11380 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11381 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11383 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11384 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11385 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11386 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11387 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11389 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11390 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11391 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11392 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11393 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11396 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11397 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11399 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11400 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11402 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
11403 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
11407 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
11411 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
11419 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11423 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
11424 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11425 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
11426 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11427 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11429 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11432 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
11434 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
11435 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
11439 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
11442 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11445 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11446 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11447 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11448 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11451 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11452 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11453 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11454 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11455 unsigned long r_symndx;
11456 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11458 if (info->relocatable)
11461 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11462 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11463 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11465 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11466 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11467 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11469 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11470 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11472 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11473 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11474 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11475 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11476 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11477 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11478 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11479 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11480 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
11481 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
11482 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
11483 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
11484 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
11485 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
11486 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
11487 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11488 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
11489 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11490 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11491 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11502 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11503 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11504 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11505 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11508 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11509 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11510 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11512 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11514 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11516 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11517 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11518 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11519 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11520 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11521 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11523 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11526 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11527 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11528 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11529 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11530 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11531 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11533 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11534 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11536 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11538 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11539 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11541 if (indmips->call_stub)
11543 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11544 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11546 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11548 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11549 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11551 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11552 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11553 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11554 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11555 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11556 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11558 if (dirmips->tls_ie_type == 0)
11559 dirmips->tls_ie_type = indmips->tls_ie_type;
11560 if (dirmips->tls_gd_type == 0)
11561 dirmips->tls_gd_type = indmips->tls_gd_type;
11564 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11567 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11568 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11571 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11572 unsigned char *tdata;
11575 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11580 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11582 if (o->output_section != NULL
11583 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11586 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11590 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11591 info->keep_memory);
11598 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11599 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11601 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11603 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11612 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11613 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11619 if (! info->keep_memory)
11620 free (cookie->rels);
11626 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11628 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11634 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11635 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11636 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11638 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11641 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11644 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11648 end = contents + sec->size;
11649 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11651 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11653 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11656 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11659 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11660 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11664 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11665 from output by default for clarity. */
11668 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
11670 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
11673 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11674 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11676 struct mips_elf_find_line
11678 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11679 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11683 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11684 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11685 const char **filename_ptr,
11686 const char **functionname_ptr,
11687 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11691 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11692 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11696 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
11697 section, symbols, offset,
11698 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11699 line_ptr, NULL, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11700 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11703 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11706 flagword origflags;
11707 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11708 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11709 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11711 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11712 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11713 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11714 origflags = msec->flags;
11715 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11716 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11718 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11721 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11724 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11725 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11727 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11730 msec->flags = origflags;
11734 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11736 msec->flags = origflags;
11740 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11741 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11742 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11743 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11745 msec->flags = origflags;
11748 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11749 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11750 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11751 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11752 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11753 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11754 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11756 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11758 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11759 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11760 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11761 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11762 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11763 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11766 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11767 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11770 msec->flags = origflags;
11774 msec->flags = origflags;
11777 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11779 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11780 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11785 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11786 const char **filename_ptr,
11787 const char **functionname_ptr,
11788 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11791 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11792 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11793 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11798 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11799 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11800 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11803 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11804 const void *location,
11805 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11807 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11811 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11813 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11814 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11815 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11818 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11821 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11824 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11827 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11830 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11834 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11835 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11838 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11840 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11841 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11843 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11846 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11847 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11848 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11851 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11852 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11855 if (reloc_size < 0)
11858 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11859 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11862 /* read in the section */
11863 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11864 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11867 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11871 if (reloc_count < 0)
11874 if (reloc_count > 0)
11879 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11882 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11883 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11884 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11885 if (abfd && input_bfd
11886 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11890 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11891 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11898 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11899 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11900 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11903 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11904 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11906 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11908 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11909 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11911 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11913 case bfd_link_hash_new:
11922 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11924 char *error_message = NULL;
11925 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11927 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11928 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11929 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11931 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11932 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11933 to the generic handling. */
11935 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11936 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11937 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11938 input_section, relocatable,
11941 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11943 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
11948 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
11950 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11951 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
11955 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
11959 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
11960 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
11961 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11962 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
11965 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
11966 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
11967 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
11968 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
11969 (*parent)->address)))
11972 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
11973 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
11975 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
11976 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
11977 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
11980 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
11989 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11990 free (reloc_vector);
11994 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
11995 free (reloc_vector);
12000 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12001 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12003 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12004 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12005 bfd_byte *contents;
12006 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12007 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12008 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12009 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12010 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12011 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12012 unsigned int symcount;
12014 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12015 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12017 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12018 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12020 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12021 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12022 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12023 sec->size -= count;
12025 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12026 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12028 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12029 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
12030 irel->r_offset -= count;
12033 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
12034 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
12036 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12037 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12038 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12039 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
12040 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
12041 isym->st_value -= count;
12043 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12044 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
12045 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
12046 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12047 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
12049 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
12051 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
12053 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12054 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12055 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
12057 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
12059 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
12060 value &= MINUS_TWO;
12062 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
12070 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12071 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12073 struct opcode_descriptor {
12074 unsigned long match;
12075 unsigned long mask;
12078 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12082 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12084 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12085 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12087 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12089 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12090 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12093 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12095 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
12096 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12097 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12098 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12101 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
12102 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12104 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
12105 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12107 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
12108 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12110 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
12111 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12113 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
12114 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12116 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
12117 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12120 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12122 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12123 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12124 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12126 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12128 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
12129 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12130 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12131 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12134 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
12135 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12136 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12137 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12140 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
12141 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12142 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12143 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12146 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
12147 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12148 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12149 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12152 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12154 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12155 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12156 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12159 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12161 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
12162 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12164 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
12165 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12167 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
12168 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12170 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
12171 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12173 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
12174 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12176 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12178 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
12179 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12181 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12182 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12184 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12185 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12186 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12187 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12190 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12192 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
12193 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12195 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12196 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12197 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12201 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12203 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
12204 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12206 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
12207 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12209 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
12210 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12212 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12214 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12216 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
12217 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12219 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12220 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12221 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12222 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12226 /* LUI instruction. */
12228 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
12229 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12232 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12234 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
12235 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12237 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
12238 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12240 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12241 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12244 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12246 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12247 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12248 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12249 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12251 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12252 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12254 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
12255 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12256 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12257 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12260 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
12261 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12264 /* NOP instructions. */
12266 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
12267 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12269 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
12270 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12273 /* Instruction match support. */
12275 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12278 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
12280 unsigned long indx;
12282 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
12283 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
12290 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12292 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12293 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12294 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12295 the second half of another instruction. */
12298 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12300 unsigned long opcode;
12303 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12304 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
12305 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12307 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
12308 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
12309 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12312 /* No delay slot. */
12318 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12319 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12320 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12321 the second half of another instruction. */
12324 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12326 unsigned long opcode;
12329 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12330 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
12331 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12333 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
12334 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12337 /* No delay slot. */
12343 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12344 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12347 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12349 unsigned long opcode;
12351 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12352 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
12354 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
12356 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
12357 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12358 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
12360 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
12366 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12367 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12370 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12372 unsigned long opcode;
12374 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12375 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
12377 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
12378 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12379 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
12381 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
12382 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12383 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
12384 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12385 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
12386 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
12387 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12388 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
12394 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12395 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12396 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12399 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
12400 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
12401 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
12403 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
12404 unsigned long opcode;
12406 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12407 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
12410 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12411 if (irel->r_offset == offset
12412 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
12418 /* Bitsize checking. */
12419 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12420 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12421 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12425 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
12426 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12427 bfd_boolean *again)
12429 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12430 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
12431 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12432 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
12433 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
12435 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12438 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12439 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12442 if (link_info->relocatable
12443 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12444 || sec->reloc_count == 0
12445 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
12448 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12450 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12451 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12452 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
12453 link_info->keep_memory));
12454 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12457 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12458 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12459 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12461 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
12462 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
12463 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
12464 unsigned long opcode;
12470 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12471 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12475 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12477 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12478 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12479 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
12482 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12483 if (contents == NULL)
12485 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12486 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
12487 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12488 /* Go get them off disk. */
12489 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
12492 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
12494 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12495 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
12497 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12498 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12499 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
12500 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
12502 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12506 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12507 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
12509 /* A local symbol. */
12510 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12513 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
12514 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
12515 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
12516 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
12517 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
12518 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
12519 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
12521 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
12522 symval = (isym->st_value
12523 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
12524 + sym_sec->output_offset);
12525 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
12529 unsigned long indx;
12530 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12532 /* An external symbol. */
12533 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12534 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
12535 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
12537 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12538 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12539 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12540 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12541 regular reloc processing. */
12544 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
12545 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
12546 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
12547 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
12548 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
12552 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12553 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12554 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12555 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12556 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12557 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12558 the linker is run. */
12560 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12561 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
12564 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12566 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12567 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12569 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
12572 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12573 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12574 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12576 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12578 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12579 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12580 out the offset). */
12581 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
12583 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
12584 unsigned long nextopc;
12588 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12590 if (irel > internal_relocs
12591 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12592 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
12595 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12596 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
12597 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12598 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
12601 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12602 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
12603 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12604 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
12607 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12608 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12609 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12610 it through if so. */
12611 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
12612 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
12613 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
12614 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
12615 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
12616 internal_relocs, irelend))))
12618 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
12620 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
12623 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
12625 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12626 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12627 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12628 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12629 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
12630 switch (offset - 4)
12635 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12639 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12646 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12648 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12650 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
12653 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12654 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12655 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12657 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12658 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
12660 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12661 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
12663 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12664 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12665 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12666 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
12667 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12668 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12671 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12672 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12673 the PC-relative distance. */
12674 else if (symval % 4 == 0
12675 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
12676 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
12677 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
12678 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
12680 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12681 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
12683 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12684 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
12685 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
12687 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
12688 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12691 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12695 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12696 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
12698 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12703 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12704 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12705 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12706 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12707 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12708 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
12709 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12710 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
12711 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
12715 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12717 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12718 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
12719 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
12720 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12722 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
12724 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12725 irel->offset + 4. */
12730 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12731 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12732 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12733 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
12734 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
12736 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12737 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
12739 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12742 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12745 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12750 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12751 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12752 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12753 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
12754 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12755 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
12756 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
12757 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
12761 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12763 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12764 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
12766 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12768 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
12769 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
12770 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12773 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12778 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12779 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12780 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12781 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
12782 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
12784 unsigned long n32opc;
12785 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
12787 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
12789 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
12791 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12792 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
12796 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
12798 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12800 (move_insn_16.match
12801 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
12802 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
12807 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12808 instructions will be handled here later. */
12812 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12813 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12814 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
12816 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12824 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12825 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
12826 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12827 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12829 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12830 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
12831 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
12834 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12835 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12840 if (isymbuf != NULL
12841 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12843 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12847 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12848 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12852 if (contents != NULL
12853 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12855 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12859 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12860 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12864 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12865 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12866 free (internal_relocs);
12871 if (isymbuf != NULL
12872 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12874 if (contents != NULL
12875 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12877 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12878 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12879 free (internal_relocs);
12884 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12886 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12887 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12889 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
12890 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
12892 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
12896 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
12897 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
12898 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
12905 return &ret->root.root;
12908 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12910 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12911 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12913 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
12915 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
12918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12920 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
12921 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12922 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
12927 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12928 and copy relocs. */
12931 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12933 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12936 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12937 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12938 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12941 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
12944 struct bfd_link_order *p;
12945 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
12946 asection *rtproc_sec;
12947 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
12948 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
12949 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
12950 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
12951 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12952 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
12953 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
12958 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12960 static const char * const secname[] =
12962 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
12963 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
12965 static const int sc[] =
12967 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
12968 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
12971 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
12973 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
12974 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
12976 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
12979 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
12981 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
12983 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
12987 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
12988 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
12990 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
12992 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
12993 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
12994 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
12995 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
12996 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
12997 else if (htab->is_vxworks
12998 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
12999 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13000 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
13001 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13002 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13003 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
13005 else if (info->relocatable)
13007 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
13009 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13010 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13012 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
13015 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13016 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
13020 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13021 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13022 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13026 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13028 reginfo_sec = NULL;
13030 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
13031 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
13032 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13034 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
13036 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
13038 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13039 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13040 the information together. */
13041 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13043 asection *input_section;
13045 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13048 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13050 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13055 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13056 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13058 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
13059 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13062 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
13064 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
13065 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
13066 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
13067 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
13068 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
13070 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13071 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13072 finally written out. */
13074 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13075 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13076 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13079 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13080 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
13082 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13083 matters, but someday it might). */
13084 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13089 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
13091 struct extsym_info einfo;
13094 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13095 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13096 the information together. */
13097 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
13098 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13099 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
13100 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
13101 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
13102 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
13103 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
13104 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
13105 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
13106 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
13107 symhdr->issMax = 0;
13108 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
13109 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
13111 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
13113 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13114 debug_info structure. */
13116 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
13117 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
13118 debug.external_sym = NULL;
13119 debug.external_opt = NULL;
13120 debug.external_aux = NULL;
13122 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
13123 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
13124 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
13125 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
13127 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13128 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
13132 esym.cobol_main = 0;
13136 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
13137 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
13138 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
13139 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
13141 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
13143 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
13144 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
13147 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
13148 last = s->vma + s->size;
13151 esym.asym.value = last;
13152 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
13153 secname[i], &esym))
13157 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13159 asection *input_section;
13161 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
13162 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
13166 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13168 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13173 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13174 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13176 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
13178 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13179 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13180 want to deal with it. */
13184 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
13185 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
13187 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
13189 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13190 read in the debugging information and set up an
13191 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13192 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
13196 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13197 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
13198 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
13201 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13202 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13203 the linker global hash table and save the information
13204 for the output external symbols. */
13205 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
13206 eraw_end = (eraw_src
13207 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
13208 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
13210 eraw_src < eraw_end;
13211 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
13215 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13217 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
13218 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
13219 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
13220 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
13223 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
13224 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13225 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13226 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
13231 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
13232 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
13233 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
13239 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13240 free (input_debug.line);
13241 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
13242 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
13243 free (input_debug.external_sym);
13244 free (input_debug.external_opt);
13245 free (input_debug.external_aux);
13246 free (input_debug.ss);
13247 free (input_debug.ssext);
13248 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
13249 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
13250 free (input_debug.external_ext);
13252 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13253 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13254 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13257 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
13259 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13260 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
13261 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
13263 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
13264 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
13266 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
13269 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
13270 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
13274 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
13280 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13283 einfo.debug = &debug;
13285 einfo.failed = FALSE;
13286 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13287 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
13291 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13292 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
13294 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13295 matters, but someday it might). */
13296 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13301 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
13303 const char *subname;
13306 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
13309 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13310 information describing how the small data area would
13311 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13312 not used in executables files. */
13313 if (! info->relocatable)
13315 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13317 asection *input_section;
13319 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13321 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13326 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13328 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13329 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13330 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13333 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13334 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13335 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13337 /* Really remove the section. */
13338 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
13339 --abfd->section_count;
13344 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13345 uninitialized data. */
13346 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13347 gptab_data_sec = o;
13348 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13352 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13353 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13354 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
13355 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
13359 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13360 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13361 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13362 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13363 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13364 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13365 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
13367 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
13368 o->name = ".gptab.data";
13370 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
13371 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13372 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
13375 /* Set up the first entry. */
13377 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13378 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
13381 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
13382 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
13384 /* Combine the input sections. */
13385 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13387 asection *input_section;
13389 bfd_size_type size;
13390 unsigned long last;
13391 bfd_size_type gpentry;
13393 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13395 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13400 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13401 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13403 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13404 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13405 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13406 size = input_section->size;
13408 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13410 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
13412 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
13413 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
13419 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13420 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
13421 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
13427 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
13429 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
13430 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
13433 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13435 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
13436 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
13438 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
13444 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
13447 /* We need a new table entry. */
13448 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13449 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
13450 if (new_tab == NULL)
13456 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
13457 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
13459 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13460 value, since that will be implied by this new
13463 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13465 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
13467 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
13468 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
13472 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
13473 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13478 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13481 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13482 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13483 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13486 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13488 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
13490 /* Swap out the table. */
13491 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13492 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
13493 if (ext_tab == NULL)
13499 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
13500 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
13503 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13504 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
13506 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13507 matters, but someday it might). */
13508 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13512 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13513 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
13516 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13518 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
13520 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13522 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
13523 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13527 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
13529 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
13530 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
13532 mdebug_sec->filepos))
13535 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13538 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
13540 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
13541 gptab_data_sec->contents,
13542 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
13546 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
13548 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
13549 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
13550 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
13554 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
13556 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13557 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
13559 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
13560 rtproc_sec->contents,
13561 0, rtproc_sec->size))
13569 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13571 struct mips_mach_extension {
13572 unsigned long extension, base;
13576 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13577 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13579 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
13580 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13581 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13582 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13583 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13585 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13586 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13587 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13588 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13589 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13591 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13592 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13594 /* R10000 extensions. */
13595 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13596 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13597 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13599 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13600 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13601 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13602 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13603 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13604 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13605 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13607 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13608 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13609 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13610 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13611 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13612 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13614 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13615 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13616 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13618 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13619 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13620 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13621 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13622 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13623 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13624 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13625 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13626 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13627 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13628 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13630 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13631 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13633 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13634 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13635 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13637 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13638 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
13639 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
13643 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13646 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
13650 if (extension == base)
13653 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13654 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
13657 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13658 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
13661 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
13662 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
13664 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
13665 if (extension == base)
13673 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13676 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13678 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13679 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13680 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13681 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13682 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13683 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13684 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
13688 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13689 there are conflicting attributes. */
13691 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13693 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13694 obj_attribute *out_attr;
13697 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
13698 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13699 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13700 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
13702 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
13704 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13705 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13707 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13709 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
13714 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13715 non-conflicting ones. */
13716 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13717 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13719 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
13720 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13721 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
13722 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13723 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13726 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13730 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13731 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13736 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13737 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13742 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13743 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13744 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13749 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13750 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13751 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13752 "-mdouble-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13758 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13762 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13763 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13768 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13769 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13774 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13775 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13776 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13781 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13782 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13783 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13784 "-msingle-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13790 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13796 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13797 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13802 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13803 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13804 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13805 "-msoft-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13811 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13815 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13816 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13817 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13822 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13823 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13824 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13829 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13830 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13835 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13836 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13837 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13838 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13844 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13848 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13849 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13850 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13851 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mdouble-float");
13856 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13857 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13858 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13859 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msingle-float");
13864 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13865 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13866 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13867 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msoft-float");
13872 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13873 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13874 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13875 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13880 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13881 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13882 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13883 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i,
13884 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13891 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13892 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13897 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13898 object file when linking. */
13901 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13903 flagword old_flags;
13904 flagword new_flags;
13906 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
13909 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13910 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
13912 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13913 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13918 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
13921 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
13923 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13924 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13929 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
13932 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
13933 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13934 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
13936 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
13938 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
13939 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
13940 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13941 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
13943 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
13944 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
13945 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
13946 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
13948 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
13949 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
13956 /* Check flag compatibility. */
13958 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13959 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13961 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
13962 doesn't seem to matter. */
13963 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13964 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
13966 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
13967 just be able to ignore this. */
13968 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13969 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
13971 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
13972 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
13973 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
13975 if (new_flags == old_flags)
13978 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
13979 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
13980 actually cause any incompatibility. */
13981 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
13983 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
13984 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
13985 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
13986 not affect compatibility. */
13987 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
13988 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
13989 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
13991 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
13992 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
13993 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
13995 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
13999 if (null_input_bfd)
14004 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
14005 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
14007 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14008 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14013 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
14014 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14015 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
14016 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
14018 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14019 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14021 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14022 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
14024 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14025 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14029 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
14031 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14032 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14034 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14035 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14036 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14037 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
14038 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
14039 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
14040 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14042 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14043 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14044 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
14045 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
14046 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
14047 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
14051 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14052 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14053 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14055 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
14056 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
14061 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14062 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14064 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14065 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14066 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
14067 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14068 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14070 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14071 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14072 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14073 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14075 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14076 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14078 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
14079 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
14082 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14083 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14086 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14087 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14088 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
14090 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14091 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14092 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14093 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14094 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
14095 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
14097 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
14099 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14100 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14102 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14103 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14107 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14109 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14110 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14113 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14114 if (new_flags != old_flags)
14116 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14117 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14118 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
14119 (unsigned long) old_flags);
14125 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
14132 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14135 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
14137 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
14138 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
14140 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
14141 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
14146 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
14150 default: return "";
14151 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
14152 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14153 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
14154 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14155 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
14156 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14157 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
14158 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14159 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
14160 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14161 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
14162 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14164 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14165 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
14166 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14167 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
14168 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14169 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
14170 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14171 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
14172 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14173 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
14174 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14175 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
14176 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14177 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
14178 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14179 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
14180 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14181 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
14182 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14183 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
14184 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14185 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
14186 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14187 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
14188 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14189 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
14190 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14191 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
14192 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14193 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
14194 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14195 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
14196 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14197 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
14198 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14199 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
14200 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14201 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
14202 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14203 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
14204 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14205 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
14206 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14207 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
14208 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14209 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
14210 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14211 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
14212 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14213 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
14214 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14215 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
14216 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14217 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
14218 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14219 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
14220 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14221 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
14222 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14223 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
14224 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14225 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
14226 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14227 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
14228 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14229 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
14230 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14231 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
14232 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14233 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
14234 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14235 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
14236 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14237 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
14238 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14239 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
14240 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14245 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
14249 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
14251 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14252 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
14254 /* xgettext:c-format */
14255 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
14257 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
14258 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14259 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
14260 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14261 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
14262 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14263 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
14264 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14265 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14266 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14267 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
14268 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14269 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
14270 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
14272 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
14274 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
14275 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
14276 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
14277 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
14278 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
14279 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
14280 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
14281 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
14282 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
14283 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
14284 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
14285 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
14286 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
14287 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
14288 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
14289 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
14290 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
14291 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
14293 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14295 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14296 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
14298 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14299 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
14301 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14302 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
14304 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
14305 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
14307 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14309 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
14310 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
14312 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
14313 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
14315 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
14316 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
14318 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
14319 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
14321 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
14322 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
14324 fputc ('\n', file);
14329 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
14331 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14332 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14333 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
14334 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14335 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14336 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
14337 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14340 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14341 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14342 definiton of the symbol. */
14344 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
14345 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
14346 bfd_boolean definition,
14347 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14349 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14351 unsigned char other;
14353 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
14354 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14355 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
14359 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
14360 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
14363 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14364 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14366 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
14368 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
14372 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
14374 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
14375 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14376 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
14379 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14380 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14383 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
14384 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14387 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
14388 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
14392 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
14394 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14395 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
14397 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
14400 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
14401 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14403 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
14404 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;